WO2008023161A1 - 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors - Google Patents

2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008023161A1
WO2008023161A1 PCT/GB2007/003179 GB2007003179W WO2008023161A1 WO 2008023161 A1 WO2008023161 A1 WO 2008023161A1 GB 2007003179 W GB2007003179 W GB 2007003179W WO 2008023161 A1 WO2008023161 A1 WO 2008023161A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
group
alkyl
compound according
aryl group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2007/003179
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Heather Mary Ellen Duggan
Frederic Georges Marie Leroux
Karine Malagu
Niall Morrisson Barr Martin
Keith Allan Menear
Graeme Cameron Murray Smith
Original Assignee
Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=38537521&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2008023161(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to BRPI0715888-2A priority Critical patent/BRPI0715888B1/en
Priority to DK07789277.6T priority patent/DK2057156T3/en
Priority to EP07789277.6A priority patent/EP2057156B1/en
Priority to CA2659851A priority patent/CA2659851C/en
Priority to LTEP07789277.6T priority patent/LT2057156T/en
Priority to NZ575672A priority patent/NZ575672A/en
Priority to RS20170417A priority patent/RS55881B1/en
Priority to JP2009525105A priority patent/JP5227321B2/en
Priority to MX2009001946A priority patent/MX2009001946A/en
Priority to SI200731917A priority patent/SI2057156T1/en
Priority to AU2007287430A priority patent/AU2007287430B2/en
Priority to ES07789277.6T priority patent/ES2648388T3/en
Priority to CN200780038974.7A priority patent/CN101558067B/en
Priority to KR1020097005572A priority patent/KR101438245B1/en
Application filed by Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited filed Critical Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited
Publication of WO2008023161A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008023161A1/en
Priority to IL196775A priority patent/IL196775A/en
Priority to NO20090443A priority patent/NO342383B1/en
Priority to HRP20170627TT priority patent/HRP20170627T1/en
Priority to CY20171100457T priority patent/CY1119381T1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/565—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids not substituted in position 17 beta by a carbon atom, e.g. estrane, estradiol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D475/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems
    • C07D475/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 4
    • C07D475/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 4 with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D475/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems
    • C07D475/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 4
    • C07D475/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 4 with an aromatic or hetero-aromatic ring directly attached in position 2

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds which act as mTOR inhibitors, their use and their synthesis.
  • Background Growth factor/mitogenic activation of the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K)/AKT signalling pathway ultimately leads to the key cell cycle and growth control regulator mTOR, the mammalian target of rapamycin (alternatively referred to as FRAP (FKBP 12 and rapamycin associated protein), RAFTl (rapamycin and FKBP12 target 1), RAPTl (rapamycin target 1) - all derived from the interaction with the FK-506-binding protein FKBP 12, and SEP (sirolimus effector protein)).
  • FRAP FKBP 12 and rapamycin associated protein
  • RAFTl rapamycin and FKBP12 target 1
  • RAPTl rapamycin target 1
  • SEP sirolimus effector protein
  • mTOR is a mammalian serine/threonine kinase of approximately 289 kDa in size and a member of the evolutionary conserved eukaryotic TOR kinases (refs. 1-4).
  • the mTOR protein is a member of the PB-kinase like kinase (PIKK) family of proteins due to its C-terminal homology (catalytic domain) with PI3-kinase and the other family members, e.g. DNA-PKcs (DNA dependent protein kinase), ATM (Ataxia- telangiectasia mutated).
  • mTOR In addition to a catalytic domain in the C-terminus, mTOR contains a FKBP12/rapamycin complex binding domain (FRB). At the N-terminus up to 20 HEAT (Huntingtin, EF3, alpha regulatory subunit of PP2A and TOR) motifs are found whilst more C-terminal is a FAT (FRAP-ATM-TRRAP) domain, and at the extreme C-terminus of the protein an additional FAT domain is found (FAT-C) (refs. 5,6). TOR has been identified as a central regulator of both cell growth (size) and proliferation, which is in part governed by translation initiation.
  • FAT FAT
  • S6-kinase S6-kinase
  • S6K1 S6-kinase 1
  • eIF4E eukaryotic translation initiation factor 4E
  • PHAS- I eukaryotic translation initiation factor 4E-BP1
  • This modification prevents PHAS-I binding eIF4E, thereby permitting formation of an active eIF4F translation complex (reviewed in refs. 10,11,12).
  • Activation of these signalling elements is dependant on insulin, other growth factors and nutrients suggesting a gatekeeper role for mTOR in the control of cell cycle progression only under favourable environmental conditions.
  • the PI3K/AKT signalling cascade lies upstream of mTOR and this has been shown to be deregulated in certain cancers and results in growth factor independent activation in, for example, PTEN deficient cells.
  • mTOR lies at the axis of control for this pathway and inhibitors of this kinase (e.g. sirolimus (rapamycin or RapamuneTM) and everolimus (RADOOl or CerticanTM)) are already approved for immunosuppression and drug eluting stents (reviewed in refs. 13, 14), and are now receiving particular interest as novel agents for cancer treatment.
  • sirolimus rapamycin or RapamuneTM
  • RADOOl or CerticanTM everolimus
  • Tumour cell growth arises from the deregulation of normal growth control mechanisms such as the loss of tumour suppressor function(s).
  • One such tumour suppressor is the phosphatase and tensin homologue deleted from chromosome ten (PTEN).
  • PTEN phosphatase and tensin homologue deleted from chromosome ten
  • MMAC multiple advanced cancers
  • PI3K converts phosphatidylinositol 4,5, bisphosphate (PIP2) to phosphatidylinositol 3,4,5, triphosphate (PIP3) whilst PTEN is responsible for removing the 3' phosphate from PIP3 producing PIP2.
  • PIP3-K and PTEN act to maintain an appropriate level of PIP3 which recruits and thus activates AKT (also known as PKB) and the downstream signalling cascade that is then initiated. In the absence of PTEN, there is inappropriate regulation of this cascade, AKT becomes effectively constitutively activated and cell growth is deregulated.
  • mTOR rapamycin
  • rapamycin potently inhibits proliferation or growth of cells derived from a range of tissue types such as smooth muscle, T-cells as well as cells derived from a diverse range of tumour types including rhabdomyosarcoma, neuroblastoma, glioblastoma and medulloblastoma, small cell lung cancer, osteosarcoma, pancreatic carcinoma and breast and prostate carcinoma (reviewed in ref. 20).
  • Rapamycin has been approved and is in clinical use as an immunosuppressant, its prevention of organ rejection being successful and with fewer side effects than previous therapies (refs. 20, 21). Inhibition of mTOR by rapamycin and its analogues (RADOOl, CCI-779) is brought about by the prior interaction of the drug with the FK506 binding protein, FKBP12. Subsequently, the complex of FKBP12/rapamycin then binds to the FRB domain of mTOR and inhibits the downstream signalling from mTOR.
  • PI3K, LY294002 and wortmannin also have been shown to inhibit the kinase function of mTOR but act through targeting the catalytic domain of the protein (ref. 21). Further to the inhibition of mTOR function by small molecules targeted to the kinase domain, it has been demonstrated that kinase dead mTOR cannot transmit the upstream activating signals to the downstream effectors of mTOR, PHAS- 1 or p70S6 kinase (ref. 22). It is also shown that not all functions of mTOR are rapamycin sensitive and this may be related to the observation that rapamycin alters the substrate profile of mTOR rather than inhibiting its activity per se (ref. 23).
  • mTOR-Rictor complex representing a rapamycin insensitive activity of mTOR (B) (Sarbassov et al Current Biology, 2004, 14, 1296-1302). This activity likely accounts for the discrepancy between kinase dead mTOR and the alteration of mTOR signalling by rapamycin and its derivatives. The discrepancy also identifies the possibility of a therapeutic advantage in inhibiting directly the catalytic activity of mTOR.
  • a catalytic inhibitor of mTOR may be a more effective antagonist of cancer cell proliferation and survival and that rapamycin may be more useful in combination with agents that can compensate for its failure to completely disrupt pathway signalling (Choo and Blenis, Cancer Cell, 2006, 9, 77-79; Hay, Cancer Cell, 2005, 8, 179-183). Therefore, it is proposed that a kinase domain directed inhibitor of mTOR may be a more effective inhibitor of mTOR.
  • rapamycin and its derivatives have been shown to potentiate the cytotoxicity of a number of chemotherapies including cisplatin, caniptothecin and doxorubicin (reviewed in ref. 20). Potentiation of ionising radiation induced cell killing has also been observed following inhibition of mTOR (ref. 24).
  • chemotherapies including cisplatin, caniptothecin and doxorubicin
  • pharmacological inhibitors of mTOR kinase should be of therapeutic value for treatment of the various forms of cancer comprising solid tumours such as carcinomas and sarcomas and the leukaemias and lymphoid malignancies.
  • inhibitors of mTOR kinase should be of therapeutic value for treatment of, for example, cancer of the breast, colorectum, lung (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer and bronchioalveolar cancer) and prostate, and of cancer of the bile duct, bone, bladder, head and neck, kidney, liver, gastrointestinal tissue, oesophagus, ovary, pancreas, skin, testes, thyroid, uterus, cervix and vulva, and of leukaemias (including ALL and CML), multiple myeloma and lymphomas.
  • cancer of the breast, colorectum, lung (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer and bronchioalveolar cancer) and prostate and of cancer of the bile duct, bone, bladder, head and neck, kidney, liver, gastrointestinal tissue, oesophagus, ovary, pancreas, skin, testes, thyroid, uterus, cervix and vulva,
  • Renal cell carcinoma in particular has been identified as sensitive to the rapamycin derivative CCI-779, resulting from a loss of VHL expression (Thomas et al. Nature Medicine, 2006, 12, 122-127).
  • Tumours that have lost the promyelocytic leukaemia (PML) tumour suppressor have also been shown to be sensitive to inhibition of mTOR by rapamycin as a consequence of disruption of the regulation of the mTOR signalling pathway (Bernadi, Nature, 2006, 442, 779-785) and the use of an mTOR kinase inhibitor in these diseases should be of therapeutic value.
  • PML promyelocytic leukaemia
  • Rapamycin has been demonstrated to be a potent immunosuppressant by inhibiting antigen-induced proliferation of T cells, B cells and antibody production (Sehgal, Transplantation Proceedings, 2003, 35, 7S- 14S) and thus mTOR kinase inhibitors may also be useful immunosuppressives.
  • Inhibition of the kinase activity of mTOR may also be useful in the prevention of restenosis, that is the control of undesired proliferation of normal cells in the vasculature in response to the introduction of stents in the treatment of vasculature disease (Morice et al., New England Journal of Medicine, 2002, 346, 1773-1780).
  • the Rapamycin analogue, everolimus can reduce the severity and incidence of cardiac allograft vasculopathy (Eisen et al, New England Journal of Medicine, 2003, 349, 847-858).
  • Elevated mTOR kinase activity has been associated with cardiac hypertrophy, which is of clinical importance as a major risk factor for heart failure and is a consequence of increased cellular size of cardiomyocytes (Tee & Blenis, Seminars in Cell and Developmental Biology, 2005, 16, 29-37).
  • mTOR kinase inhibitors are expected to be of value in the prevention and treatment of a wide variety of diseases in addition to cancer.
  • the vast majority of mTOR pharmacology to date has focused on inhibition of mTOR via rapamycin or its analogues.
  • the present inventors have identified compounds which are ATP-competitive inhibitors of mTOR, and hence are non-rapamycin like in their mechanism of action.
  • the first aspect of the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
  • R 7 is selected from halo, OR 01 , SR S1 , NR N1 R N2 , NR N7a C(O)R cl , NR N7b SO 2 R S2a , an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cs -20 aryl group, where R 01 and R S1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N1 and R N2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N1 and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R C1 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or NR N8 R N9 , where R N8 and R N9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-2 o aryl group or R N8 and R N9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R S2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cj -7 alkyl group;
  • R N7a and R N7b are selected from H and a Cj -4 alkyl group;
  • R 2 is selected from H
  • R 7 is selected from halo, OR 01 , SR S1 , NR N1 R N2 , NR N7a C(O)R cl , NR N7b SO 2 R S2a , an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 5-2O aryl group, where R 01 and R S1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N1 and R N2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N1 and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • R 2 is selected from H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, wherein R 02 and R S2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs -20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N5 and R N6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms. According to a third aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia:
  • R 7 is selected from halo, OR 01 , SR S1 , NR N1 R N2 , NR N7a C(O)R cl , NR N7b SO 2 R S2a , an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cs -20 aryl group, where R 01 and R S1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C ⁇ . ⁇ alkyl group; R N1 and R N2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N1 and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they
  • R 2 is selected from H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, wherein R 02 and R S2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N5 and R N6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci -7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
  • R 7 is selected from halo, OR 01 , SR S1 , NR N1 R N2 , NR N7a C(O)R cl 5 NR N7b SO 2 R S2a , an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, where R 01 and R sl are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N1 and R N2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N1 and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; R C1 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-2O ary
  • R S2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group;
  • R N7a and R N7b are selected from H and a C 1-4 alkyl group;
  • R 2 is selected from H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, wherein R 02 and R S2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N5 and R N6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci -7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
  • R 7 is selected from halo, OR 01 , SR S1 , NR N1 R N2 , NR N7a C(O)R cl , NR N7b SO 2 R S2a , an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, where R 01 and R SI are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N1 and R N2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C L7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N1 and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R c ⁇ is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or NR N8 R N9 , where R N8 and R N9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N8 and R N9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R s2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group;
  • R N7a and R N7b are selected from H and a C 1-4 alkyl group;
  • R 2 is selected from H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, wherein R 02 and R s2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N5 and R N6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms. According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia:
  • R 7 is selected from halo, OR 01 , SR S1 , NR NI R N2 , NR N7a C(O)R CI , NR N7b SO 2 R S2a , an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, where R O1 and R S1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R m and R N2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R NI and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form
  • R CI is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C ]-7 alkyl group or NR N8 R N9 , where R N8 and R N9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N8 and R N9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R S2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group;
  • R N7a and R N7b are selected from H and a C 1-4 alkyl group;
  • R 2 is selected from H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, wherein R° 2 and R S2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group; R N5 and R N6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body.
  • a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease ameliorated by the inhibition of mTOR.
  • the compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof have activity as pharmaceuticals, in particular as modulators or inhibitors of mTOR activity, and may be used in the treatment of proliferative and hyperproliferative diseases/conditions, examples of which include the following cancers:
  • carcinoma including that of the bladder, brain, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung, ovary, pancreas, prostate, stomach, cervix, colon, endometrium, thyroid and skin;
  • hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage including acute lymphocytic leukaemia, B-cell lymphoma and Burketts lymphoma
  • hematopoietic tumours of myeloid lineage including acute and chronic myelogenous leukaemias and promyelocytic leukaemia
  • tumours of mesenchymal origin including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma; and (5) other tumours, including melanoma, seminoma, tetratocarcinoma, neuroblastoma and glioma.
  • mTOR inhibitors may also be effective as antifungal agents.
  • Another further aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for use as an adjunct in cancer therapy or for potentiating tumour cells for treatment with ionizing radiation or chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the compounds of the present invention provide a method for treating cancer characterised by inhibition of mTOR, i.e. the compounds may be used to produce an anticancer effect mediated alone or in part by the inhibition of mTOR.
  • a compound of the invention is expected to possess a wide range of anti-cancer properties as activating mutations in mTOR have been observed in many human cancers, including but not limited to, melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon, ovarian and lung cancers.
  • a compound of the invention will possess anti-cancer activity against these cancers.
  • a compound of the present invention will possess activity against a range of leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies and solid tumours such as carcinomas and sarcomas in tissues such as the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas.
  • solid tumours such as carcinomas and sarcomas in tissues such as the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas.
  • such compounds of the invention are expected to slow advantageously the growth of primary and recurrent solid tumours of, for example, the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs, endometrium and ovaries.
  • Such compounds of the invention are expected to inhibit the growth of those primary and recurrent solid tumours which are associated with mTOR, especially those tumours which are significantly dependent on mTOR for their growth and spread, including for example, certain tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, endometrium, lungs and ovaries.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of melanomas and gliomas.
  • a method for producing a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein.
  • a method for producing an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein.
  • a method of treating melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries, in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
  • a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
  • a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the treatment of melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
  • a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
  • aromatic ring is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a cyclic aromatic structure, that is, a structure having delocalised ⁇ -electron orbitals.
  • Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 8 ring atoms refers to a 3 to 8 membered heterocylic ring containing at least one nitrogen ring atom.
  • N 1 aziridine (C 3 ie 3 membered), azetidine (C 4 ie 4 membered), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C 5 ie 5 membered), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline,
  • Alkyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to
  • alkyl includes the sub-classes saturated alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, saturated cycloalkyl, cycloalkyenyl, cylcoalkynyl, etc., discussed below. Unless otherwise specified, preferable “alkyl” groups are saturated alkyl or saturated cycloalkyl groups, more preferably saturated alkyl groups.
  • the prefixes denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms.
  • C 1-4 alkyl refers to an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • groups of alkyl groups include C 1-4 alkyl ("lower alkyl"), C 1-7 alkyl, and C 1-20 alkyl.
  • the first prefix may vary according to other limitations; for example, for unsaturated alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 2; for cyclic alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 3; etc.
  • saturated alkyl group includes saturated linear alkyl and saturated branched alkyl.
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), propyl (C 3 ), butyl (C 4 ), pentyl (C 5 ), hexyl (C 6 ), heptyl (C 7 ), octyl (C 8 ), nonyl (C 9 ), decyl (C 10 ), undecyl (Cn), dodecyl (Ci 2 ), tridecyl (C 13 ), tetradecyl (C 14 ), pentadecyl (C 15 ), and eicodecyl (C 20 ).
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n-propyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (amyl) (C 5 ), n-hexyl (C 6 ), and n-heptyl (C 7 ).
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C 3 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), iso-pentyl (C 5 ), and neo-pentyl (C 5 ).
  • Alkenyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of groups of alkenyl groups include C 2-4 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-20 alkenyl.
  • Alkynyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Examples of groups of alkynyl groups include C 2-4 alkynyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 2-20 alkynyl.
  • Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (ethinyl, -C ⁇ CH) and 2-pro ⁇ ynyl (propargyl, -CH 2 -C ⁇ CH).
  • Cycloalkyl refers to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a carbocyclic ring of a carbocyclic compound, which carbocyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated), which moiety has from 3 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), including from 3 to 20 ring atoms.
  • cycloalkyl includes the sub-classes saturated cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl and cycloalkynyl.
  • each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
  • groups of cycloalkyl groups include C 3-20 cycloalkyl, C 3-15 cycloalkyl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropane (C 3 ), cyclobutane (C 4 ), cyclopentane (C 5 ), cyclohexane (C 6 ), cycloheptane (C 7 ), methylcyclopropane (C 4 ), dimethylcyclopropane (C 5 ), methylcyclobutane (C 5 ), dimethylcyclobutane (C 6 ), methylcyclopentane (C 6 ), dimethylcyclopentane (C 7 ), methylcyclohexane (C 7 ), dimethylcyclohexane (C 8 ), menthane (Ci 0 ); unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropene (C 3 ), cyclobutene (C 4 ), cyclopentene (C 5 ), cyclohexene (C 6 ), methylcyclopropan
  • C 10 bornane (C 10 ), norcarane (C 7 ), norpinane (C 7 ), norbornane (C 7 ), adamantane (C 10 ), decalin (decahydronaphthalene) (C 10 ); unsaturated polycyclic .hydrocarbon compounds: camphene (Cio), limonene (Cjo), pinene (C 10 ); polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds having an aromatic ring: indene (C 9 ), indane
  • C 9 2,3-dihydro-lH-indene
  • C 10 tetraline (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene
  • C 12 acenaphthene
  • fluorene C 13
  • phenalene Ci 3
  • acephenanthrene C 15
  • aceanthrene C 16
  • cholanthrene C 20
  • Heterocyclyl refers to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified), of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms.
  • each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
  • the ring heteroatoms are selected from O, N and S.
  • the heterocyclic ring may, unless otherwise specified, be carbon or nitrogen linked, and wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-, and a ring sulphur atom may be optionally oxidised to form the S-oxides.
  • the prefixes e.g. C 3-2 O, C 3-7 , C 5-6 , etc.
  • groups of heterocyclyl groups include C 3-20 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 20 membered heterocyclyl), C 5-20 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 20 membered heterocyclyl), C 3-15 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 15 membered heterocyclyl), C 5-15 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 15 membered heterocyclyl), C 3-I2 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl), C 5-12 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 12 membered heterocyclyl), C 3-10 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 10 membered heterocyclyl), C 5 , 10 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 10 membered heterocyclyl), C 3-7 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), C 5-7 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), and C 5-6 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 6 membered heterocyclyl).
  • monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: N 1 : aziridine (C 3 ie 3 memberd), azetidine (C 4 ie 4 membered), pyrrolidine
  • pyrroline e.g., 3-pyrroline
  • 2,5-dihydropyrrole (C 5 ie 5 membered), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C 5 ie 5 membered), piperidine (C 6 ie 6 membered), dihydropyridine (C 6 ie 6 membered), tetrahydropyridine (C 6 ie 6 membered), azepine (C 7 ie 7 membered);
  • O 2 dioxolane (C 5 ie 5 membered), dioxane (C 6 ie 6 membered), and dioxepane (C 7 ie membered);
  • O 3 trioxane (C 6 ie 6 membered);
  • N 2 imidazolidine (C 5 ie 5 membered), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C 5 ie 5 membered), imidazoline (C 5 ie 5 membered), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C 5 ie 5 membered), piperazine (C 6 ie ⁇ membered);
  • N 1 O 1 tetrahydrooxazole (C 5 ie 5 membered), dihydrooxazole (C 5 ie 5 membered), tetrahydroisoxazole (C 5 ie 5 membered), dihydroisoxazole (C 5 ie 5 membered), morpholine (C 6 ie 6 membered), tetrahydrooxazine (C 6 ie 6 membered), dihydrooxazine (C 6 ie 6 membered), oxazine (C 6 ie 6 membered);
  • N 1 S 1 thiazoline (C 5 ie 5 membered), thiazolidine (C 5 ie 5 membered), thiomorpholine (C 6 ie 6 membered); N 2 O 1 : oxadiazine (C 6 ie 6 membered);
  • NiOiS 1 oxathiazine (C 6 ie 6 membered).
  • substituted (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C 5 ie 5 membered), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C 6 ie 6 membered), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
  • furanoses C 5 ie 5 membered
  • pyranoses C 6 ie 6 membered
  • allopyranose altropyranose
  • glucopyranose glucopyranose
  • mannopyranose gulopyranose
  • idopyranose idopyranose
  • galactopyranose
  • Spiro-C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl refers to a C 3-7 cycloalkyl or C 3-7 heterocyclyl ring (3 to 7 membered) joined to another ring by a single atom common to both rings.
  • C 5-20 aryl The term "C 5-2 O aryl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of a C 5-20 aromatic compound, said compound having one ring, or two or more rings (e.g., fused), and having from 5 to 20 ring atoms, and wherein at least one of said ring(s) is an aromatic ring.
  • each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • the ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups” in which case the group may conveniently be referred to as a “Cs -20 carboaryl” group.
  • C 5-20 aryl groups which do not have ring heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e. phenyl) (C O ), naphthalene (C 10 ), anthracene (C 14 ), phenanthrene (C 14 ), and pyrene (C 16 ).
  • the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, including but not limited to oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, as in “heteroaryl groups".
  • the group may conveniently be referred to as a “C 5-2O heteroaryl” group, wherein “C 5-20 " denotes ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms (or otherwise referred to as a 5 to membered heteroaryl group).
  • each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
  • heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur.
  • C 5-20 heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, C 5 heteroaryl groups (5 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from furan (oxole), thiophene (thiole), pyrrole (azole), imidazole (1,3-diazole), pyrazole (1,2-diazole), triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, tetrazole and oxatriazole; and C 6 heteroaryl groups (6 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from isoxazine, pyridine (azine), pyridazine (1,2-diazine), pyrimidine (1,3-diazine; e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1,4-diazine) and triazine.
  • C 5 heteroaryl groups (5 membered heteroaryl
  • the heteroaryl group may be bonded via a carbon or hetero ring atom.
  • C 5-2O heteroaryl groups which comprise fused rings include, but are not limited to, C 9 heteroaryl groups (9 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from benzofuran, isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole; C 10 heteroaryl groups (10 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from quinoline, isoquinoline, benzodiazine, pyridopyridine; C 14 heteroaryl groups (14 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from acridine and xanthene.
  • Halo -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
  • Ether -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C 1-7 alkoxy group), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C 3-20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C 5-20 aryl group (also referred to as a C 5-20 aryloxy group), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is an ether substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C 1-7 alkoxy group), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C 3-20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C 5-20 aryl group (also referred to as a C 5-20 aryloxy group), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is an acyl substituent, for example, H, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylacyl or C 1-7 alkanoyl), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C 3-20 heterocyclylacyl), or a C 5-20 aryl group (also referred to as C 5-20 arylacyl), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is an acyl substituent, for example, H, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylacyl or C 1-7 alkanoyl), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C 3-20 heterocyclylacyl), or a C 5-20 aryl group (also referred to as C 5-20 arylacyl), preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C(O)NR 1 R 2 , wherein
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(O)NHCH 3 , -C(O)N(CH 3 ) 2 , -C(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 , and -C(O)N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , as well as amido groups in which R 1 and R 2 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinylcarbonyl.
  • R and R are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C 1-7 alkylamino or di-C 1-7 alkylamino), a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
  • amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH 2 , -NHCH 3 , -NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -N(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , and -NHPh.
  • cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, perhydrodiazepinyl, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
  • the cylic amino groups may be substituted on their ring by any of the substituents defined here, for example carboxy, carboxylate and amido.
  • Aminosulfonyl -S( 1 O) 2 NR 1 R 2 wherein R 1 and R 2 each independently is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C 1-7 alkyl group, most preferably H
  • R 2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
  • R 2 and R 3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and Rl is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Acyloxy (reverse ester): -0C( 0)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Thiol : -SH.
  • C 1-7 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH 3 and -SCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R is a sulfoxide substituent, for example, a Ci- 7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Sulfonyl (sulfone): -S( O) 2 R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2O aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-2O aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -Q S)NR 1 R 2 , wherein R 1 and R 2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
  • R 1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups
  • R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C 5-20 aryl group, preferably a C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • two or more adjacent substituents may be linked such that together with the atoms to which they are attached from a C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl or C 5-20 aryl ring.
  • the groups that form the above listed substituent groups e.g. C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl and C 5-2O aryl, may themselves be substituted.
  • the above definitions cover substituent groups which are substituted.
  • R 7 is halo, OR 01 , SR SI , NR N1 R N2 , NR N7a C(-O)R cl , NR N7b SO 2 R S2a , a C 5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 5-2 oaryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl
  • R N1 and R N2 are independently H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 5-20 heteroaryl group, a C 5-20 aryl group or R N1 and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C 1-7 alkyl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, C 5-20 aryl or heterocyclic is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 5-2 oaryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sul
  • R S2a is H, a C 5-20 aryl group, a C 5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C 1-7 alkyl group where each Ci- 7 alkyl, C 5-20 heteroaryl or C 5-20 aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci -7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 3-7 Cy cloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 5-20 aryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro,
  • R N7a and R N7b are H or a C 1-4 alkyl group
  • R 2 is H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , a C 5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Q ⁇ alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C3- 7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-2 oheterocyclyl ?
  • R N1 and R N2 are independently H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 5 . 2 oheteroaryl group, a C 5-20 aryl group or R N1 and R N2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C 1-7 alkyl, C 5-2 oheteroaryl, C 5-2O aTyI or heterocyclic is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2- 7alkynyl, C 3 _ 7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 5-20 aryl, C 5-2 oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido,
  • R C1 is H, a C 5-20 aryl group, a C 5-2O heteroaryl group, a Ci -7 alkyl group or NR N8 R N9 where R N8 and R N9 are independently selected from H, a Ci -7 alkyl group, a C 5-20 heteroaryl group, a C 5-20 aryl group or R N8 and R N9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each Ci -7 alkyl, C 5- 20 heteroaryl, C
  • R S2a is H, a C 5-20 aryl group, a C 5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C 1-7 alkyl group where each C 1- 7 alkyl, C 5-20 heteroaryl or C 5-20 aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 5-2 oaryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro
  • R N7a and R N7b are H or a C 1-4 alkyl group;
  • R 2 is H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , a C 5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C 1-7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-2 oheterocyclyl, C 5-20 aryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo,
  • R° 2 and R S2b are H, a C 5-20 aryl group, a C 5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C 1-7 alkyl group where each C 1-7 alkyl, C 5-20 heteroaryl or Cs -2 oaryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C 1-7 alkyl, C 2 - 7 alkenyl, C 2 - 7 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-2 oheterocyclyl, C 5-2 oaryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl
  • R S2a is H, a C 5-20 aryl group, a C 5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C 1-7 alkyl group where each C 1- 7 alkyl, C 5-20 heteroaryl or C 5-2 oaryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C ⁇ alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-2 oheterocyclyl, C 5 , 20 aryl, Cs ⁇ oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from hal
  • R N7a and R N7b are H or a C 1-4 alkyl group;
  • R 2 is H, halo, OR 02 , SR S2b , NR N5 R N6 , a C 5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci.
  • R NS and R N6 are independently H, a C 1-7 alkyl group, a C 5-20 heteroaryl group, a C 5-20 aryl group, or R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms where each Ci -7 alkyl, Cs ⁇ oheteroaryl, C 5-2 oaryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci -7 alkyl, C 2-7 alkenyl, C 2-7 alkynyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkenyl, C 3-2 oheterocyclyl, C 5-20 aryl, C 5-20 heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether,
  • X 5 and X 8 are N.
  • X 5 , X 6 and X 8 are N. More preferably one of X 5 and X 8 is N, and most preferably X 8 is N.
  • R 7 is preferably selected from an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, OR 01 , SR S1 ,
  • R S2a are as previously defined. It is further preferred that R 7 is preferably selected from an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, OR 01 , NR N1 R N2 , NR N7a C(O)R cl and NR N7b SO 2 R s2a .
  • R 7 is OR 01 , then preferably R o1 is a C 1-7 alkyl group, which may be substituted.
  • R N2 is selected from H and C 1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl) and more preferably is H. If R N1 is C 1-7 alkyl, it is preferably selected from C 3-7 cycloalkyl. If
  • R Nl is C 5-20 aryl, it is preferably selected from C 5-10 aryl (e.g. phenyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl) and more preferably C 5-6 aryl (e.g.
  • Particularly preferred groups include furyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl and thiophenyl.
  • the aforementioned groups are optionally substituted, and in some embodiments are preferably substituted.
  • Substituent groups may include, but are not limited to, C 1-7 alkyl, C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 5-20 aryl, carboxy, ester, ether (eg Ci -7 alkoxy), hydroxy, aryloxy, cyano, halo, nitro, amido, sulfonyl, sulfonylamino, amino sulfonyl and amino.
  • R N7a is preferably H.
  • R cl may be an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group (e.g. phenyl, imadazolyl, quinoxalinyl), C 3-20 heterocyclyl, C 1-7 alkyl (e.g. propenyl, methyl (substituted with thiophenyl)) or NR N8 R N9 .
  • R N8 is preferably hydrogen
  • R N9 is preferably C 1-7 alkyl (e.g. ethyl).
  • R N7b is preferably H.
  • R S2a is preferably C 1-7 alkyl (e.g. methyl).
  • R 7 is a C 5-20 aryl group, it is preferably an optionally substituted C 5-10 aryl and more preferably an optionally substituted C 5-6 aryl group. Most preferably it is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, C 5-6 arylamino and C[ -7 alkylamino and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, C 5 ⁇ aTyI, C 5-6 arylamino and C ⁇ alkylamino.
  • R 7 is a 5 to 20 membered heteroaryl group, it is preferably an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl and more preferably an optionally substituted 5 or 6 memebered heteroaryl group.
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2, C 5-6 arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1 .
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NH 2 , -NHSO 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 NHSO 2 CH 3 , -OCHF 2 , -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl.
  • the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NH 2 ,
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H 1 -CONH 25 -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4- hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl.
  • the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H 1 -CONH 25 -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt,
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from methoxy, -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NH 2 , -NHSO 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 NHSO 2 CH 3 , -OCHF 2 , -CH 2 OH, -CONH 2 , -CONHMe and -CONHCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted 5 or 6 memebered nitrogen containing heteroaryl group such as a pyridine group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2 , C 5-6 arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1-7 alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CO 2 NH 2 , -CO 2 NHC 1-7 alkyl, -CO 2 N(C 1-7 alky I) 2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, C 5-6 aryl, C 5 .
  • the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyan
  • R is a pyridinyl group optionally substituted halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2 , C 5-6 arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1-7 alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CO 2 NH 2 , -CO 2 NHC i -7 alkyl, -CO 2 N(C 1-7 alkyl) 2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, C 5-6 aryl, C 5-6 arylamino, di-(C
  • R 7 is a pyridinyl group optionally substituted with NH 2 .
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group selected from
  • Z is H, F or OR 03 ;
  • R° 3 is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl group
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R 02 , C(S)R 03 , SO 2 R S3 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1- 10 alkyl group
  • R 02 and R 03 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or NR N11 R N12 , where R N ⁇ and R N12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R NU and R N12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms
  • R S3 is selected from H,
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group selected from
  • R ,03 is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl group
  • R ,N N l i O ⁇ is selected from C(O)R >C2 , C(S)R >C3 , SO 2 R S ⁇ 3 ⁇ an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted Cj -10 alkyl group
  • R C2 and R 03 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or NR N11 R N12 , where R NU and R N12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R NU and R NI2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and R S3 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group,
  • Z is H, F or OR 03 ;
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R 02 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci -10 alkyl group
  • R C2 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or NR Nn R N12 , where R NU and R N12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocycly group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N11 and R N12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R N1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl group; or
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
  • R 7 is
  • Z is H, F or OR 03 ;
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R 02 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl group where R C2 are selected from CH 3 or CH 2 OH; R N1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl group; or
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy,
  • R 7 is
  • Z is H, F or OR 03 ;
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -Ctbcyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH 2 imidazole ; R N1Oa is hydrogen; or
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms; and where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy.
  • R 7 is selected from
  • R 2 is OR 02 where R° 2 is an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group.
  • R 2 is OR 02 where R° 2 is -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 , where R N5 and R N6 are as previously defined, and more preferably R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, which may optionally be substituted.
  • the ring preferably has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • Preferred optionally substituted groups include, but are not limited, to imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N- substiruted) and pyrrolidinyl.
  • Preferred C-substituents for the groups include Ci -4 alkyl, preferably methyl.
  • the groups may bear one or more substituents, for example one or two substituents;
  • Preferred C-substituents for the groups include phenyl, ester, amide and Ci -4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxy ethyl,.
  • the groups may bear one or more substituents, for example one or two substituents.
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from amino, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, ester, a C 3-7 cycloalkyl ring, a C 6 carboaryl ring, a heterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring atoms and C 1-7 saturated alkyl and C 1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the heterocyclic ring, the cycloalkyl ring, the carboaryl ring, the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino and C 5-6 aryl)
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C 1-7 saturated alkyl and C 1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino and C 5-6 aryl)
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 , where R N5 is an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or an optionally substituted phenyl group, and R N6 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 , where R N5 is -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OCH 3 , cyclopentyl or a phenyl group, and R N6 is hydrogen.
  • Preferred R 2 groups are pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl groups. More preferred groups are morpholino and piperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkyl substituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents. More preferably these are substituted with one or two methyl substituents. If these groups bear two methyl substituents, these are preferably on separate carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl substituents may also be optionally substituted. Examples of optional substituents of the alkyl substitutents include halo, hydroxy, ether or amino. Particularly preferred groups include methylmorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methyl piperidinyl groups, for example:
  • More preferred groups are morpholino and piperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkyl substituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents. More preferably these are substituted with one or two methyl substituents. If these groups bear two methyl substituents, these are preferably on separate carbon atoms. Particularly preferred groups include methylniorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methyl piperidinyl groups, for example:
  • R groups are pyrrolidinyl, morpho>lino, pipe 1 radinyl and homopiperadinyl groups. More preferred groups are morpholino and piperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkyl substituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents.
  • alkyl substituents may also be optionally substituted.
  • optional substituents of the alkyl substitutents include halo, hydroxy, ether or amino.
  • Particularly preferred groups include methylmorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methyl piperidinyl groups, for example:
  • R 2 groups are optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl wherein the optional substituents are selected from hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2, C 5-6 arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1-7 alkyl)amino), amido (for example -CONH 2 , -CONHC 1-7 alkyl, -CON(C i -7 alkyl) 2 ), ester (for example -CO 2 C 1-7 alkyl), C 6 aryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl group and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, aryl or heterocyclyl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, -NH 2 , di-(C 1-7 alkyl)a
  • More preferred groups are morpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl which may be optionally substited by one or more groups selected from hydroxy., methyl, ethyl, -CO 2 Me, -CO 2 Et, -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 0me, -CH 2 NMe 2 , -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONMe 2 , phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholino and piperadinyl.
  • R 2 is selected from
  • R 2 is selected from
  • R 2 is selected from OR 02 , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-2 O aryl group.
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2 , C 5-6 arylamino, Ci.
  • R 2 is selected from OR 02 , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group.
  • R 2 is selected from OR 02 , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group.
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2, Cs ⁇ arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1-7 alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH 2 ,
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2 , C 5-6 arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1-7 alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH 2 ,
  • C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C 1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
  • compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof in which: only one of X 5 , X 6 and X 8 is N;
  • R 2 is selected from OR 02 , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group.
  • R 2 is selected from OR 02 , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group.
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2 , C 5-6 arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1 _ 7 alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH 2 , -CONHC 1-7 alkyl, -CON(C 1-7 alkyl) 2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, C 5-6 aryl,
  • R 2 is selected from OR 02 , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group.
  • R 2 is selected from OR 02 , NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group.
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2j C 5-6 arylamino, C 1-7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1-7 alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH 2 ,
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted C 5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxy 1, cyano, C 1-7 alkyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino (for example -NH 2j C 5-6 arylamino, Ci -7 alkylamino, and di-(C 1-7 alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH 2 ,
  • C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C 1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
  • X 5 and X 6 are each CH; X 8 is N; R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NH 2 , -NHSO 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 NHSO 2 CH 3 , -OCHF 2 , -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-
  • X 5 and X 6 are each CH;
  • X 8 is N;
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NH 2 , -NHSO 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 NHSO 2 CH 3 , -OCHF 2 , -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N- methylpiperazinylcarbon
  • C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C 1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
  • X 5 and X 6 are each CH; X 8 is N; R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH 2 , fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH 2 OH 5 -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 25 -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadi
  • N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C 1-7 alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C 1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g.
  • C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C 1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
  • X 8 is N
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH 2 , fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-
  • optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and Ci -4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
  • X 5 and X 6 are each CH; X 8 is N;
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH 2 CH 3 , -NH 2 , -NHSO 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 NHSO 2 CH 3 , -OCHF 2 , -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 2 , -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R 2 is a group selected from
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH 2 , fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F,
  • R 2 is a group selected from
  • X 8 is N;
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH 2 , fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH 2 OH, -CO 2 H -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH 2 CH 2 F, -CONHCH 2 CHF 25 -CONHCH 2 CH 2 OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe 2 , N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R 2 is a group selected from
  • X 8 is N
  • R 7 is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3 -hydroxy methy 1-4- methoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl group; and R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • X 5 and X 6 are each CH; X 8 is N;
  • R 7 is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethyl-4- methoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl group; and R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • R 7 is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethyl-4- methoxy -phenyl, 3,5 ⁇ dimethoxy ⁇ 4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl group; and R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • X 8 is N
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R 02 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci -10 alkyl group where R 02 are selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs -20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or NR N11 R N12 , where R N11 and R NI2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 5-2O heterocycly group, an optionally substituted C 5-2O aryl group or R N ⁇ and R N12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R N1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-I0 alkyl group; or R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R° 3 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl group
  • R 2 is selected from NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group.
  • R 2 is selected from NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group.
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R 02 are selected from CH 3 or CH 2 OH where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy, C 1-7 alkylamino and di-C 1-7 alkylamino;
  • R N1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl group where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, Ci -7 alkyloxy,
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, Ci -7 alkyloxy,
  • R° 3 is an unsubstituted C 1-3 alkyl group
  • R 2 is selected from NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group.
  • Z is H, F or OR 03 R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 ,
  • R N1Oa is hydrogen
  • R NI ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy;
  • R° 3 is a methyl group
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C 1-7 saturated alkyl and C 1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci -7 alkoxy, amino and C 5-6 aryl).
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 ,
  • R N1Oa is hydrogen
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C ⁇ alkyloxy;
  • R 03 is a methyl group
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably
  • C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C 1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
  • X 8 is N
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 ,
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy; R 03 is a methyl group; and
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably
  • saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino and C 5-6 aryl).
  • X 8 is N
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R N1 ° is a R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 ,
  • R N1Oa is hydrogen
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy;
  • R 03 is a methyl group
  • R 2 is a group selected from
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH 2 cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH 2 imidazole ; R N1Oa is hydrogen; or
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy;
  • R 03 is a methyl group; and
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • X 8 is N
  • Z is H, F or OR 03 R Nl ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 ,
  • R N1Oa is hydrogen
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C ⁇ alkyloxy;
  • R 03 is a methyl group
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R 02 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl group where R 02 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group or NR N11 R N12 , where R NU and R N12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 heterocycly group, an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group or R N ⁇ and R N12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; j ⁇ Ni o a j ⁇ s se i
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
  • R 03 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl group
  • R 2 is selected from NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 5-20 aryl group.
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R 02 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C 1-I o alkyl group where R C2 are selected from CH 3 or CH 2 OH where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy, C 1-7 alkylamino and di-C 1-7 alky lamino ; ⁇ Ni o a j s se i ec t e( j f rom hydrogen or an optionally substituted C 1-I0 alkyl group where the optional subtsituents are selected from
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, Ci -7 alkyloxy,
  • R 03 is an unsubstituted C 1-3 alkyl group
  • R 2 is selected from NR N5 R N6 , an optionally substituted C 5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C 6 aryl group.
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH 2 cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH 2 imidazole ; R N1Oa is hydrogen; or
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C ⁇ alkyloxy;
  • R is a methyl group
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C 1-7 saturated alkyl and C 1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkoxy, amino and C 5-6 aryl).
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH 2 cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH 2 imidazole ; R N1Oa is hydrogen; or R N1 ° and R N 1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form
  • C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C 1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci.
  • R 03 is a methyl group
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and Ci -7 saturated alkyl and C 1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci -7 alkoxy, amino and C 5-6 aryl).
  • R ,N m 10 ⁇ is a R )N m 10 ⁇ is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH 2 cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH 2 imidazole ;
  • R N1Oa is hydrogen; or
  • Z is H, F or OR 03
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH 3 -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH 2 cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH 2 imidazole ; R N1Oa is hydrogen; or
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy; R° 3 is a methyl group; and R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • X 5 and X 6 are each CH;
  • X 8 is N
  • Z is H, F or OR 03 R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 ,
  • R N1Oa is hydrogen
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy;
  • R 03 is a methyl group; and R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • R N1 ° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CH 2 OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 OMe, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH 2 cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH 2 imidazole ;
  • R N1Oa is hydrogen
  • R N1 ° and R N1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C 1-7 alkyloxy; R° 3 is a methyl group; and
  • R 2 is NR N5 R N6 where R N5 and R N6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
  • a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof selected from any one of the Examples.
  • a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof selected from Examples lbu, Ice, 12b, 18de, 18dg, 18j, lar, 19e, 19h, 19i, 191, 19m, 19n, 19o, 18n, 18o, 18z, 18aa, 18ag, 18ai, 18al, Iv, 18az, lah, 7e, 7i, 7j, 5d, 5f, 4v, 4ab, 4aj, 5t, 5u, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 3f, 3g, 18bp, 18bs, 18bv, 18by, 18cb, 18cv, law, 3u, lbf, 18ct, 19q, 19s, 19u, 19v, 19w, lau, 5r, 4t, 18dj, IcI, 2d, 2e
  • a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof selected from Examples lbo, lbp, Ij, lbx, lby, lcf, lei, lcj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, In, Ip, Iq, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, lbd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, lab, 4 ⁇ , 9a, lav, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5 v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt, 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci, 18bx, 5n, lam, lao, 18cn
  • a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof selected from Examples Ib, Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u,
  • a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof selected from Examples Ia, Iu, IaI, lap, lat, laz, lco, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldp, ldq, ldr, Ids, ldt, ldu, ldy, lee, lee, 12d, 14b, 18dn and 18do.
  • a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof selected from Examples Ia, Iu, IaI, lap, lat, laz, lco, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldp, ldq, ldr, Ids, ldt, ldu, ldy, lee, lee, 12d, 14b, 18dn and 18do.
  • a reference to carboxylic acid also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO " ), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms.
  • a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N + HR 1 R 2 ), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group.
  • a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-0 " ), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms of a hydroxyl group.
  • Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, /-, and r-forms; endo- and ex ⁇ -forms; R-, S-, and «?e,ro-forms; D- and Z-forms; d- and /-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal- forms; ⁇ - and ⁇ -forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers” (or "isomeric forms").
  • Example Ia was isolated as Form A: 2-Theta° 6.9 (46%), 8.53 (100%), 10.1 (21%), 10.86 (24%), 11.65 (11%), 13.31 (14%), 13.75 (7%), 14.37 (54%), 15.21 (5%), 16.19 (13%), 16.81 (39%), 17.19 (40%), 17.97 (21%), 18.41 (65%), 18.78 (80%), 20.66 (8%), 21.07 (89%), 22.05 (19%), 22.36 (42%), 24 (7%), 24.36 (33%), 25.25 (31%), 25.54 (16%), 26.92 (18%), 27.26 (8%), 28.03 (8%), 28.39 (21%), 29 (8%), 29.91 (13%), 30.62 (23%), 31.48 (9%), 32.72 (5%), 33.27 (11%), 34.88 (4%), 35.48 (5%), 36.16 (4%), 36.88 (4%), 37.37 (4%), 37.91 (6%
  • Form B 5 has also been isolated from water / THF: 2-Theta° 3.67 (7%), 7.28 (7%), 8.52 (7%), 9.22 (30%), 11.42 (78%), 12.69 (24%), 13 (15%), 13.41 (44%), 13.6 (26%), 14.51 (19%), 15.56 (13%), 16.25 (9%), 17.11 (13%), 17.55 (18%), 18.24 (64%), 18.59 (56%), 19.51 (33%), 19.85 (26%), 20.32 (13%), 21.49 (17%), 21.79 (13%), 22.23 (18%), 22.84 (26%), 23.72 (23%), 25.46 (74%), 26.1 (100%), 26.72 (43%), 27.94 (16%), 28.35 (8%), 34.74 (10%), 35.34 (6%), 36.72 (9%) and 38.55 (4%).
  • isomers are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space).
  • a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH 3 is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH 2 OH.
  • a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta- chlorophenyl.
  • a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and /_? ⁇ -propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para- methoxypheny 1) .
  • keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol, imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N- nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D), and 3 H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g. asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner. Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of thereof, for example, as discussed below, as well as its different polymorphic forms.
  • a corresponding salt of the active compound for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
  • a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt examples are discussed in ref. 25.
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na and K , alkaline earth cations such as Ca and Mg , and other cations such as Al .
  • suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH 3 R + , NH 2 R 2 + , NHR 3 + , NR 4 + ).
  • Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 ) 4 + .
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: acetic, propionic, succinic, gycolic, stearic, palmitic, lactic, malic, pamoic, tartaric, citric, gluconic, ascorbic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, aspartic, benzoic, cinnamic, pyruvic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetyoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, valeric, and gluconic.
  • Suitable polymeric anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose. It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding, solvate of the active compound.
  • solvate is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g. active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • chemically protected form pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions, that is, are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
  • a protected or protecting group also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group.
  • the aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
  • an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide or a urethane, for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH 3 ); a benzyloxy amide (-NHC0- OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH 3 ) 3 , -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2- propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH 3 ) 2 C 6 H 4 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Bpoc), as a 9-fluorenylmethoxy amide (- NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (- NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc), as an allyloxy amide (-NHCO-
  • a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g. a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester (e.g. a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester); a MC 1-7 alkylsilyl-Ci -7 alkyl ester; or a C 5-20 aryl-C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g. a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
  • an C 1-7 alkyl ester e.g. a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester
  • a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester e.g. a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester
  • a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (-SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (-S-CH 2 NHC(O)CH 3 ).
  • a thioether for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (-S-CH 2 NHC(O)CH 3 ).
  • prodrug refers to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g. in vivo), yields the desired active compound.
  • the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
  • some prodrugs are esters of the active compound (e.g. a physiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester).
  • Examples of such metabolically labile esters include those wherein R is C 1-20 alkyl (e.g. -Me, -Et); C 1-7 aminoalkyl (e.g.
  • acyloxy-C 1-7 alkyl e.g. acyloxymethyl; acyloxyethyl; e.g.
  • pivaloyloxymethyl acetoxymethyl; acetoxymethyl; 1-acetoxyethyl; l-(l-methoxy-l- methyl)ethyl-carbonxyloxy ethyl; 1 -(benzoyloxy)ethyl; isopropoxy-carbonyloxymethyl; 1 -isopropoxy-carbonyloxyethyl; cyclohexyl-carbonyloxymethyl; 1 -cyclohexyl- carbonyloxy ethyl; cyclohexyloxy-carbonyloxymethyl; 1-cyclohexyloxy-carbonyloxyethyl; (4- tetrahydropyranyloxy) carbonyloxymethyl; l-(4-tetrahydropyranyloxy)carbonyloxyethyl; (4- tetrahydropyranyl)carbonyloxymethyl; and 1 -(4-tetrahydropyranyl)carbonyloxyethy
  • prodrug forms include phosphonate and glycolate salts.
  • hydroxy groups (-OH)
  • Such a group can be cleared by phosphotase enzymes during metabolism to yield the active drug with the hydroxy group.
  • prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound.
  • the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
  • R 4 represents
  • R 7 When R 7 is NR N1 R N2 , this is by reaction with R 7 H. When R 7 is an amide, urea or sulfonamide group, this is by reaction with ammonia followed by reaction of the resulting primary amide with the appropriate acid chloride, isocyanate or sulfonyl chloride. When R 7 is OR 01 or SR S1 , this is by reaction with potassium carbonate in the appropriate alcohol or thiol solvent. When R 7 is an optionally substituted C 3-20 heterocyclyl group or C 5-20 aryl group, this is by reaction with R 7 B(OAIk) 2 , where each AIk is independently C 1-7 alkyl or together with the oxygen to which they are attached form a C 5-7 heterocyclyl group.
  • Compounds of Formula 2 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 3 : Formula 3
  • Compounds of Formula 5 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 6, for example by reaction with liquid ammonia followed by reaction with thionyl chloride and ammonia gas:
  • R 7 When R 7 is NR N1 R N2 , this is by reaction with R 7 H. When R 7 is an amide, urea or sulfonamide group, this is by reaction with ammonia followed by reaction of the resulting primary amide with the appropriate acid chloride, isocyanate or sulfonyl chloride. When R 7 is OR 01 or SR S1 , this is by reaction with potassium carbonate in the appropriate alcohol or thiol solvent. When R 7 is an optionally substituted C 3-20 heterocyclyl group or C 5-20 aryl group, this is by reaction with R 7 B(OAIk) 2 , where each AIk is independently C 1-7 alkyl or together with the oxygen to which they are attached form a C 5-7 heterocyclyl group.
  • Compounds of Formula 8 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 3:
  • Lv is a leaving group, such as a halogen, for example chlorine, or a OSO 2 group, where R is alkyl or aryl, such as methyl, by reaction with R N10 NH 2 .
  • Lv is a leaving group, such as a halogen, for example chlorine, or a OSO 2 group, where R is alkyl or aryl, such as methyl, by reaction with R N10 NH 2 .
  • R 4 represents and
  • Compounds of Formula Ib can be prepared by reaction with R 7 B(OAIk) 2 , where each AIk is independently C 1-7 alkyl or together with the oxygen to which they are attached form a C 5-7 heterocyclyl group.
  • the present invention provides active compounds, specifically, active in inhibiting the activity of mTOR.
  • active refers to compounds which are capable of inhibiting mTOR activity, and specifically includes both compounds with intrinsic activity (drugs) as well as prodrugs of such compounds, which prodrugs may themselves exhibit little or no intrinsic activity.
  • the present invention further provides a method of inhibiting the activity of mTOR in a cell, comprising contacting said cell with an effective amount of an active compound, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
  • a method may be practised in vitro or in vivo.
  • a sample of cells may be grown in vitro and an active compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed.
  • effect the inhibition of cellular growth in a certain time or the accumulation of cells in the Gl phase of the cell cycle over a certain time may be determined.
  • the active compound is found to exert an influence on the cells, this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
  • treatment pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g. in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition.
  • Treatment as a prophylactic measure i.e. prophylaxis is also included.
  • adjunct anti-cancer agents that could be combined with compounds from the invention include, but are not limited to, the following: alkylating agents: nitrogen mustards, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan, chlorambucil: Nitrosoureas: carmustine (BCNU), lomustine (CCNU), semustine (methyl-CCNU), ethylenimine/methylmelamine, thriethylenemelamine (TEM), triethylene thiophosphoramide (thiotepa), hexamethylmelamine (HMM, altretamine): Alkyl sufonates; busulfan; Triazines, dacarbazine (DTIC): Antimetabolites; folic acid analogs, methotrex
  • Adrenocortical suppressant mitotane (c ⁇ '-DDD), aminoglutethimide: Cytokines; interferon
  • Active compounds may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit mTOR, for example, in order to sensitize cells to known chemotherapeutic agents or ionising radiation treatments in vitro.
  • Active compounds may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
  • the present invention provides active compounds which are anticancer agents or adjuncts for treating cancer.
  • active compounds which are anticancer agents or adjuncts for treating cancer.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound treats a cancerous condition for any particular cell type, either alone or in combination.
  • cancers include, but are not limited to, lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma and leukemias.
  • Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal
  • kidney (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney
  • anti cancer treatment may be applied as a sole therapy or may involve, in addition to the compound of the invention, conventional surgery or radiotherapy or chemotherapy.
  • Such chemotherapy may include one or more of the following categories of anti-tumour agents:-
  • antiproliferative/antineoplastic drugs and combinations thereof as used in medical oncology, such as alkylating agents (for example cis platin, oxaliplatin, 5 carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, melphalan, chlorambucil, busulphan, temozolamide and nitrosoureas); antimetabolites (for example gemcitabine and antifolates such as fluoropyrimidines like 5 fluorouracil and tegafur, raltitrexed, methotrexate, cytosine arabinoside, and hydroxyurea); antitumour antibiotics (for example anthracyclines like adriamycin, bleomycin, doxorubicin, daunomycin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mitomycin-C,
  • alkylating agents for example cis platin, oxaliplatin, 5 carboplatin, cyclophosphamide,
  • dactinomycin and mithramycin dactinomycin and mithramycin
  • antimitotic agents for example vinca alkaloids like vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and vinorelbine and taxoids like taxol and taxotere and polokinase inhibitors
  • topoisomerase inhibitors for example epipodophyllotoxins like etoposide and teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan and camptothecin
  • cytostatic agents such as antioestrogens (for example tamoxifen, fulvestrant,
  • toremifene, raloxifene, droloxifene and iodoxyfene antiandrogens (for example bicalutamide, flutamide, nilutamide and cyproterone acetate), LHRH antagonists or LHRH agonists (for example goserelin, leuprorelin and buserelin), progestogens (for example megestrol acetate), aromatase inhibitors (for example as anastrozole, letrozole, vorazole and exemestane) and inhibitors of 5* -reductase such as finasteride;
  • antiandrogens for example bicalutamide, flutamide, nilutamide and cyproterone acetate
  • LHRH antagonists or LHRH agonists for example goserelin, leuprorelin and buserelin
  • progestogens for example megestrol acetate
  • anti-invasion agents for example c-Src kinase family inhibitors like 4-(6- chloro-2,3-methylenedioxyanilino)-7-[2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]-5-tetrahydropyran- 4-yloxyquinazoline (AZD0530; International Patent Application WO 01/94341) and N-(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)-2- ⁇ 6-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl]-2-methylpyrimidin-4- ylamino ⁇ thiazole-5-carboxamide (dasatinib, BMS-354825; J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47, 6658-
  • c-Src kinase family inhibitors like 4-(6- chloro-2,3-methylenedioxyanilino)-7-[2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]-5-tetrahydropyran-
  • metalloproteinase inhibitors like marimastat, inhibitors of urokinase plasminogen activator receptor function or antibodies to Heparanase;
  • inhibitors of growth factor function include growth factor antibodies and growth factor receptor antibodies (for example the anti erbB2 antibody trastuzumab [HerceptinTM], the anti-EGFR antibody panitumumab, the anti erbBl
  • inhibitors also include tyrosine kinase inhibitors, for example inhibitors of the epidermal growth factor family (for example EGFR family tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-methoxy-6-(3-morpholinopropoxy)quinazolin-4-amme (gefitinib, ZDl 839), N-(3-ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)quinazolin-4-amine (erlotinib, OSI 774) and 6-acrylamido-N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-(3- morpholinopropoxy)-quinazolin-4-
  • antiangiogenic agents such as those which inhibit the effects of vascular endothelial growth factor, [for example the ami vascular endothelial cell growth factor antibody bevacizumab (AvastinTM) and VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as 4- (4-bromo-2-fluoroanilino)-6-methoxy-7-(l-methylpiperidin-4-ylmethoxy)quinazoline (ZD6474; Example 2 within WO 01/32651), 4-(4-fluoro-2-methylindol-5-yloxy)-6-methoxy- 7-(3-pyrrolidin-l-ylpro ⁇ oxy)quinazoline (AZD2171; Example 240 within WO 00/47212), vatalanib (PTK787; WO 98/35985) and SUl 1248 (sunitinib; WO 01/60814), compounds such as those disclosed in International Patent Applications WO97/22596, WO
  • vascular damaging agents such as Combretastatin A4 and compounds disclosed in International Patent Applications WO 99/02166, WO 00/40529, WO 00/41669, WO 01/92224, WO 02/04434 and WO 02/08213;
  • antisense therapies for example those which are directed to the targets listed above, such as ISIS 2503, an anti-ras antisense;
  • gene therapy approaches including for example approaches to replace aberrant genes such as aberrant p53 or aberrant BRCAl or BRCA2, GDEPT (gene directed enzyme pro drug therapy) approaches such as those using cytosine deaminase, thymidine kinase or a bacterial nitroreductase enzyme and approaches to increase patient tolerance to chemotherapy or radiotherapy such as multi drug resistance gene therapy; and
  • immunotherapy approaches including for example ex vivo and in vivo approaches to increase the immunogenicity of patient tumour cells, such as transfection with cytokines such as interleukin 2, interleukin 4 or granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor, approaches to decrease T cell anergy, approaches using transfected immune cells such as cytokine transfected dendritic cells, approaches using cytokine transfected tumour cell lines and approaches using anti idiotypic antibodies.
  • Administration The active compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the active compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/ peripherally or at the site of desired action, including but not limited to, oral (e.g. by ingestion); topical (including e.g.
  • the subject may be a eukaryote, an animal, a vertebrate animal, a mammal, a rodent
  • a guinea pig e.g. a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse
  • murine e.g. a mouse
  • canine e.g. a dog
  • feline e.g. a cat
  • equine e.g. a horse
  • primate e.g. a monkey or ape
  • monkey e.g. marmoset, baboon
  • an ape e.g. gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang, gibbon
  • compositions comprising at least one active compound, as defined above, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, excipients, diluents, fillers, buffers, stabilisers, preservatives, lubricants, or other materials well known to those skilled in the art and optionally other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one active compound, as defined above, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, buffers, adjuvants, stabilisers, or other materials, as described herein.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of a subject (e.g. human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • a subject e.g. human
  • Each carrier, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation. Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts. See, for example, refs. 27 to 29.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active compound with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active compound with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then if necessary shaping the product.
  • Formulations may be in the form of liquids, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, elixirs, syrups, tablets, lozenges, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, suppositories, pessaries, ointments, gels, pastes, creams, sprays, mists, foams, lotions, oils, boluses, electuaries, or aerosols.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active compound; as a powder or granules; as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion; as a bolus; as an electuary; or as a paste.
  • a tablet may be made by conventional means, e.g. compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g. povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g. lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g. magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile.
  • Tablets may optionally be provided with an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration e.g. transdermal, intranasal, ocular, buccal, and sublingual
  • a formulation may comprise a patch or a dressing such as a bandage or adhesive plaster impregnated with active compounds and optionally one or more excipients or diluents.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include losenges comprising the active compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active compound in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active compound.
  • Formulations suitable for nasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid, include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid for administration as, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser include aqueous or oily solutions of the active compound.
  • Formulations suitable for administration by inhalation include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as diclilorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • a suitable propellant such as diclilorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration via the skin include ointments, creams, and emulsions.
  • the active compound When formulated in an ointment, the active compound may optionally be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active compounds may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in- water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane- 1 ,3 -diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
  • the oily phase may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
  • an emulsifier otherwise known as an emulgent
  • a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsif ⁇ er(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax
  • the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulphate.
  • the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di- isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents, and liposomes or other microparticulate systems which are designed to target the compound to blood components or one or more organs.
  • Suitable isotonic vehicles for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection.
  • concentration of the active compound in the solution is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 ⁇ g/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
  • Formulations may be in the form of liposomes or other microparticulate systems which are designed to target the active compound to blood components or one or more organs. Dosage
  • appropriate dosages of the active compounds, and compositions comprising the active compounds can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects of the treatments of the present invention.
  • the selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, and the age, sex, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient.
  • the amount of compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, although generally the dosage will be to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
  • Administration in vivo can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician.
  • a suitable dose of the active compound is in the range of about 100 ⁇ g to about 250 mg per kilogram body weight of the subject per day.
  • the active compound is a salt, an ester, prodrug, or the like
  • the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
  • the compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are also useful as pharmacological tools in the development and standardisation of in vitro and in vivo test systems for the evaluation of the effects of inhibitors of mTor in laboratory animals such as cats, dogs, rabbits, monkeys, rats and mice, as part of the search for new therapeutic agents.
  • Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode.
  • Mobile phase A - 0.1 % aqueous formic acid.
  • Mobile phase B - 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 100 % A/0 % B for 1 minute, rising to 95 % B after 7 minutes and holding for 2 minutes before returning to the starting conditions.
  • Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode.
  • Mobile phase A - 0.1 % aqueous formic acid.
  • Mobile phase B - 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 95 % A/5 % B, rising to 95 % B after 20 minutes and holding for 3 minutes before returning to the starting conditions.
  • Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode.
  • Mobile phase A - 0.1 % aqueous formic acid.
  • Mobile phase B - 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 95 % A/5 % B, rising to 95 % B after 5 minutes and holding for 5 minutes before returning to the starting conditions.
  • Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode.
  • Mobile phase A 0.1 % aqueous formic acid.
  • Mobile phase B 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 100 % A/0 % B for 1 minute, rising to 10 95 % B after 20 minutes and holding for 5 minutes before returning to the starting conditions.
  • Example Ik 25 of Example Ik were analysed using the QC Method QC2-Long.
  • Examples 18p and lbd were analysed using the QC Method QC3-AQ-Long.
  • Reactions were carried out using a Personal ChemistryTM Emrys Optimiser microwave synthesis unit with robotic arm.
  • Power range between. 0-300 W at 2.45 GHz.
  • Pressure range between 0-20 bar; temperature increase between 2-5°C/sec; temp range 60-250 0 C.
  • the residue was purified by reverse phase column using a gradient from 5 % to 20 % acetonitrile in 0.1 % formic acid/water solution, yielding the desired product.
  • the aqueous phase was further extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in EtOAc, the suspension was filtered onto a sintered funnel and the collected grey solid was dried and used without further purification.
  • the aqueous phase was further extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 MeOH.
  • the combined organic phases were dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the residue was sonicated in hexane/ CH 2 Cl 2 , filtered, sonicated in CH 2 Cl 2 and filtered to yield the desired product.
  • 4-Bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester was prepared according to literature. A solution of 4-bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) in a 1:1 THF/MeOH mixture was treated by gentle bubbling of ammonia gas for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in water, filtered, then sonicated in diethylether and filtered to give the desired product as a white solid.
  • the aqueous phase was further extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 and hexane was added. The resulting suspension was filtered and the collected brown powder was dried and used without further purification.
  • R 2 (S)-3-methyl-morpholine or cis-dimethylmorpholine or 2-Ethyl-piperidine or morpholine or thiomorpholine or 4-methylpiperazine
  • R 7 aryl or heteroaryl
  • Conditions A The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a toluene/ethanol (1:1) solution (0.02 M). Sodium carbonate (2 equiv) and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) were then added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium 0 (0.1 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140 0 C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions B:
  • Conditions H A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium 0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 100 0 C for 8 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions I:
  • Conditions I were similar to conditions H apart form the heating method: 100 0 C for 2 hours.
  • Conditions J were similar to conditions H apart form the heating method: 100 0 C for 2 hours.
  • Conditions Q A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium 0 (0.05 equiv) were dissolved in r ⁇ -butanol (0.056 M of chloro-substrate).
  • the reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (150 0 C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH 2 Cl 2 and methanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate and then 5 % MeOH in CH 2 Cl 2 to give the desired product.
  • Conditions R A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacol
  • 2-Difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide was prepared in a similar way as 2-Difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide using 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy- N-methyl- benzamide as the starting material.
  • 2-Difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide (100 % yield, crude taken forward without further analysis)

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

There is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. There are also provided processes for the manufacture of a compound of Formula (1), and the use of a compound of Formula (1) as a medicament and in the treatment of cancer.

Description

2 -METHYLMORPHOLINE PYRIDO- , PYRAZO- AND PYRIMIDO-PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS MTOR INHIBITORS
The present invention relates to compounds which act as mTOR inhibitors, their use and their synthesis. Background Growth factor/mitogenic activation of the phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K)/AKT signalling pathway ultimately leads to the key cell cycle and growth control regulator mTOR, the mammalian target of rapamycin (alternatively referred to as FRAP (FKBP 12 and rapamycin associated protein), RAFTl (rapamycin and FKBP12 target 1), RAPTl (rapamycin target 1) - all derived from the interaction with the FK-506-binding protein FKBP 12, and SEP (sirolimus effector protein)). mTOR is a mammalian serine/threonine kinase of approximately 289 kDa in size and a member of the evolutionary conserved eukaryotic TOR kinases (refs. 1-4). The mTOR protein is a member of the PB-kinase like kinase (PIKK) family of proteins due to its C-terminal homology (catalytic domain) with PI3-kinase and the other family members, e.g. DNA-PKcs (DNA dependent protein kinase), ATM (Ataxia- telangiectasia mutated). In addition to a catalytic domain in the C-terminus, mTOR contains a FKBP12/rapamycin complex binding domain (FRB). At the N-terminus up to 20 HEAT (Huntingtin, EF3, alpha regulatory subunit of PP2A and TOR) motifs are found whilst more C-terminal is a FAT (FRAP-ATM-TRRAP) domain, and at the extreme C-terminus of the protein an additional FAT domain is found (FAT-C) (refs. 5,6). TOR has been identified as a central regulator of both cell growth (size) and proliferation, which is in part governed by translation initiation. TOR dependant phosphorylation of S6-kinase (S6K1) allows translation of ribosomal proteins involved in cell cycle progression (refs. 7-9). Cap-dependant translation is regulated by the phosphorylation of the eukaryotic translation initiation factor 4E (eIF4E)-binding protein 1 (4E-BP1 (PHAS- I)). This modification prevents PHAS-I binding eIF4E, thereby permitting formation of an active eIF4F translation complex (reviewed in refs. 10,11,12). Activation of these signalling elements is dependant on insulin, other growth factors and nutrients suggesting a gatekeeper role for mTOR in the control of cell cycle progression only under favourable environmental conditions. The PI3K/AKT signalling cascade lies upstream of mTOR and this has been shown to be deregulated in certain cancers and results in growth factor independent activation in, for example, PTEN deficient cells. mTOR lies at the axis of control for this pathway and inhibitors of this kinase (e.g. sirolimus (rapamycin or Rapamune™) and everolimus (RADOOl or Certican™)) are already approved for immunosuppression and drug eluting stents (reviewed in refs. 13, 14), and are now receiving particular interest as novel agents for cancer treatment.
Tumour cell growth arises from the deregulation of normal growth control mechanisms such as the loss of tumour suppressor function(s). One such tumour suppressor is the phosphatase and tensin homologue deleted from chromosome ten (PTEN). This gene, also known as mutated in multiple advanced cancers (MMAC), has been shown to play a significant role in cell cycle arrest and is the most highly mutated tumour suppressor after p53. Up to 30% of glioblastoma, endometrial and prostate cancers have somatic mutations or deletions of this locus (refs. 15,16).
PI3K converts phosphatidylinositol 4,5, bisphosphate (PIP2) to phosphatidylinositol 3,4,5, triphosphate (PIP3) whilst PTEN is responsible for removing the 3' phosphate from PIP3 producing PIP2. PI3-K and PTEN act to maintain an appropriate level of PIP3 which recruits and thus activates AKT (also known as PKB) and the downstream signalling cascade that is then initiated. In the absence of PTEN, there is inappropriate regulation of this cascade, AKT becomes effectively constitutively activated and cell growth is deregulated. An alternative mechanism for the deregulation of this cell signalling process is the recent identification of a mutant form of the PI3K isoform, pl lOalpha (ref. 17). The apparent increased activity of this mutant is thought to result in increased PIP3 production, presumably in excess of that which the function of PTEN can counteract. Increased signalling from PI3K, thus results in increased signalling to mTOR and consequently, its downstream activators.
In addition to the evidence linking mTOR with cell cycle regulation (from Gl to S- phase) and that inhibition of mTOR results in inhibition of these regulatory events it has been shown that down regulation of mTOR activity results in cell growth inhibition (Reviewed in refs. 7,18,19). The known inhibitor of mTOR, rapamycin, potently inhibits proliferation or growth of cells derived from a range of tissue types such as smooth muscle, T-cells as well as cells derived from a diverse range of tumour types including rhabdomyosarcoma, neuroblastoma, glioblastoma and medulloblastoma, small cell lung cancer, osteosarcoma, pancreatic carcinoma and breast and prostate carcinoma (reviewed in ref. 20). Rapamycin has been approved and is in clinical use as an immunosuppressant, its prevention of organ rejection being successful and with fewer side effects than previous therapies (refs. 20, 21). Inhibition of mTOR by rapamycin and its analogues (RADOOl, CCI-779) is brought about by the prior interaction of the drug with the FK506 binding protein, FKBP12. Subsequently, the complex of FKBP12/rapamycin then binds to the FRB domain of mTOR and inhibits the downstream signalling from mTOR.
The potent but non-specific inhibitors of PI3K, LY294002 and wortmannin, also have been shown to inhibit the kinase function of mTOR but act through targeting the catalytic domain of the protein (ref. 21). Further to the inhibition of mTOR function by small molecules targeted to the kinase domain, it has been demonstrated that kinase dead mTOR cannot transmit the upstream activating signals to the downstream effectors of mTOR, PHAS- 1 or p70S6 kinase (ref. 22). It is also shown that not all functions of mTOR are rapamycin sensitive and this may be related to the observation that rapamycin alters the substrate profile of mTOR rather than inhibiting its activity per se (ref. 23). Analysis of the interactions of mTOR with other cellular factors has revealed that in addition to the mTOR-Raptor complex, there is also an mTOR-Rictor complex representing a rapamycin insensitive activity of mTOR (B) (Sarbassov et al Current Biology, 2004, 14, 1296-1302). This activity likely accounts for the discrepancy between kinase dead mTOR and the alteration of mTOR signalling by rapamycin and its derivatives. The discrepancy also identifies the possibility of a therapeutic advantage in inhibiting directly the catalytic activity of mTOR. It has been suggested that a catalytic inhibitor of mTOR may be a more effective antagonist of cancer cell proliferation and survival and that rapamycin may be more useful in combination with agents that can compensate for its failure to completely disrupt pathway signalling (Choo and Blenis, Cancer Cell, 2006, 9, 77-79; Hay, Cancer Cell, 2005, 8, 179-183). Therefore, it is proposed that a kinase domain directed inhibitor of mTOR may be a more effective inhibitor of mTOR.
In addition to rapamycin' s ability to induce growth inhibition (cytostasis) in its own right, rapamycin and its derivatives have been shown to potentiate the cytotoxicity of a number of chemotherapies including cisplatin, caniptothecin and doxorubicin (reviewed in ref. 20). Potentiation of ionising radiation induced cell killing has also been observed following inhibition of mTOR (ref. 24). Experimental and clinical evidence has shown that rapamycin analogues are showing evidence of efficacy in treating cancer, either alone or in combination with other therapies (see refs. 10, 18, 20). These findings suggest that pharmacological inhibitors of mTOR kinase should be of therapeutic value for treatment of the various forms of cancer comprising solid tumours such as carcinomas and sarcomas and the leukaemias and lymphoid malignancies. In particular, inhibitors of mTOR kinase should be of therapeutic value for treatment of, for example, cancer of the breast, colorectum, lung (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer and bronchioalveolar cancer) and prostate, and of cancer of the bile duct, bone, bladder, head and neck, kidney, liver, gastrointestinal tissue, oesophagus, ovary, pancreas, skin, testes, thyroid, uterus, cervix and vulva, and of leukaemias (including ALL and CML), multiple myeloma and lymphomas.
Renal cell carcinoma in particular, has been identified as sensitive to the rapamycin derivative CCI-779, resulting from a loss of VHL expression (Thomas et al. Nature Medicine, 2006, 12, 122-127). Tumours that have lost the promyelocytic leukaemia (PML) tumour suppressor, have also been shown to be sensitive to inhibition of mTOR by rapamycin as a consequence of disruption of the regulation of the mTOR signalling pathway (Bernadi, Nature, 2006, 442, 779-785) and the use of an mTOR kinase inhibitor in these diseases should be of therapeutic value. These latter examples in addition to those of PTEN deficiency or PI3K mutation indicate where a targeted approach to the use of mTOR inihibitors may prove particularly effective due to an underlying genetic profile, but are not considered to be exclusive targets.
Recent studies have revealed a role for mTOR kinase in other diseases (Easton & Houghton, Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Targets, 2004, 8, 551-564). Rapamycin has been demonstrated to be a potent immunosuppressant by inhibiting antigen-induced proliferation of T cells, B cells and antibody production (Sehgal, Transplantation Proceedings, 2003, 35, 7S- 14S) and thus mTOR kinase inhibitors may also be useful immunosuppressives. Inhibition of the kinase activity of mTOR may also be useful in the prevention of restenosis, that is the control of undesired proliferation of normal cells in the vasculature in response to the introduction of stents in the treatment of vasculature disease (Morice et al., New England Journal of Medicine, 2002, 346, 1773-1780). Furthermore, the Rapamycin analogue, everolimus, can reduce the severity and incidence of cardiac allograft vasculopathy (Eisen et al, New England Journal of Medicine, 2003, 349, 847-858). Elevated mTOR kinase activity has been associated with cardiac hypertrophy, which is of clinical importance as a major risk factor for heart failure and is a consequence of increased cellular size of cardiomyocytes (Tee & Blenis, Seminars in Cell and Developmental Biology, 2005, 16, 29-37). Thus mTOR kinase inhibitors are expected to be of value in the prevention and treatment of a wide variety of diseases in addition to cancer. The vast majority of mTOR pharmacology to date has focused on inhibition of mTOR via rapamycin or its analogues. However, as noted above, the only non-rapamycin agents that have been reported to inhibit mTOR's activity via a kinase domain targetted mechanism are the small molecule LY294002 and the natural product wortmannin (ref. 21). Summary of the Invention
The present inventors have identified compounds which are ATP-competitive inhibitors of mTOR, and hence are non-rapamycin like in their mechanism of action.
Accordingly, the first aspect of the present invention provides a compound of formula I:
Figure imgf000006_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and Xs is N5 and the others are CH;
R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, where R01 and RS1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
RC1 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-2o aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RS2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cj-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a Cj-4 alkyl group; R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, wherein R°2 and RS2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
According to a second aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia or Ib:
R7AXANAR2 R7AXANAR2
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH; R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, where R01 and RS1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RC1 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RS2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a C1-4 alkyl group;
R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, wherein R02 and RS2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms. According to a third aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia:
Figure imgf000008_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH; R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, where R01 and RS1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C\.η alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RCI is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; Rs2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a C1-4 alkyl group;
R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, wherein R02 and RS2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula I:
Figure imgf000009_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl 5 NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, where R01 and Rsl are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RC1 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
RS2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a C1-4 alkyl group;
R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, wherein R02 and RS2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia or Ib:
Figure imgf000010_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, where R01 and RSI are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted CL7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
Rcι is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
Rs2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a C1-4 alkyl group;
R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, wherein R02 and Rs2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms. According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia:
Figure imgf000011_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH; R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRNIRN2, NRN7aC(O)RCI, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, where RO1 and RS1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; Rm and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RNI and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
RCI is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C]-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RS2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a C1-4 alkyl group;
R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, wherein R°2 and RS2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body.
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease ameliorated by the inhibition of mTOR. The compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, have activity as pharmaceuticals, in particular as modulators or inhibitors of mTOR activity, and may be used in the treatment of proliferative and hyperproliferative diseases/conditions, examples of which include the following cancers:
(1) carcinoma, including that of the bladder, brain, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung, ovary, pancreas, prostate, stomach, cervix, colon, endometrium, thyroid and skin;
(2) hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage, including acute lymphocytic leukaemia, B-cell lymphoma and Burketts lymphoma; (3) hematopoietic tumours of myeloid lineage, including acute and chronic myelogenous leukaemias and promyelocytic leukaemia;
(4) tumours of mesenchymal origin, including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma; and (5) other tumours, including melanoma, seminoma, tetratocarcinoma, neuroblastoma and glioma.
Further aspects of the invention provide the use of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of: cancer, immuno-suppression, immune tolerance, autoimmune disease, inflammation, bone loss, bowel disorders, hepatic fibrosis, hepatic necrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, restinosis, cardiac allograft vasculopathy, psoriasis, beta-thalassaemia, and ocular conditions such as dry eye. mTOR inhibitors may also be effective as antifungal agents.
Another further aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for use as an adjunct in cancer therapy or for potentiating tumour cells for treatment with ionizing radiation or chemotherapeutic agents.
Thus the compounds of the present invention provide a method for treating cancer characterised by inhibition of mTOR, i.e. the compounds may be used to produce an anticancer effect mediated alone or in part by the inhibition of mTOR. Such a compound of the invention is expected to possess a wide range of anti-cancer properties as activating mutations in mTOR have been observed in many human cancers, including but not limited to, melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon, ovarian and lung cancers. Thus it is expected that a compound of the invention will possess anti-cancer activity against these cancers. It is in addition expected that a compound of the present invention will possess activity against a range of leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies and solid tumours such as carcinomas and sarcomas in tissues such as the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas. In particular such compounds of the invention are expected to slow advantageously the growth of primary and recurrent solid tumours of, for example, the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs, endometrium and ovaries. More particularly such compounds of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are expected to inhibit the growth of those primary and recurrent solid tumours which are associated with mTOR, especially those tumours which are significantly dependent on mTOR for their growth and spread, including for example, certain tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, endometrium, lungs and ovaries. Particularly the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of melanomas and gliomas.
Thus according to this aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula I or 1 (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein for use as a medicament.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
According to this aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man. According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I)5 (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries.
According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man. According to this aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the treatment of melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries. According to a further feature of the invention, there is provided the use of a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries.
According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method for producing a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein.
According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method for producing an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein.
According to an additional feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method of treating melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries, in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined herein.
According to an additional feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method of treating melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries, in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined herein.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the treatment of melanoma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as defined herein in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries in a warm-blooded animal such as man. Other further aspects of the invention provide for the treatment of disease ameliorated by the inhibition of mTOR, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition and the treatment of cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, simultaneously or sequentially with ionizing radiation or chemotherapeutic agents. Definitions The term "aromatic ring" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a cyclic aromatic structure, that is, a structure having delocalised π-electron orbitals.
Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 8 ring atoms: The term "Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring having from 3 to 8 ring atoms" as used herein refers to a 3 to 8 membered heterocylic ring containing at least one nitrogen ring atom. The term "together with the nitrogen to which they are bound, form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms" as used herein refers to a 3 to 8 membered heterocylic ring containing at least one nitrogen ring atom. Examples of these groups include, but are not limited to:
N1: aziridine (C3 ie 3 membered), azetidine (C4 ie 4 membered), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C5 ie 5 membered), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline,
2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C5 ie 5 membered), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C5 ie 5 membered), piperidine (C6 ie 6 membered), dihydropyridine (C6 ie 6 membered), tetrahydropyridine (C6 ie 6 membered), azepine (C7 ie 7 membered); N2: imidazolidine (C5 ie 5 membered), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C5 ie 5 membered), imidazoline (C5 ie 5 membered), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C5 ie 5 membered), piperazine (C6 ie 6 membered); N1O1: tetrahydrooxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), dihydrooxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), dihydroisoxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), morpholine (C6 ie 6 membered), tetrahydrooxazine (C6 ie 6 membered), dihydrooxazine (C6 ie 6 membered), oxazine (C6 ie 6 membered); N1S1: thiazoline (C5 ie 5 membered), thiazolidine (C5 ie 5 membered), thiomorpholine (C6 ie 6 membered); N2O1: oxadiazine (C6 ie 6 membered); N1O1S1: oxathiazine (C6 ie 6 membered).
Alkyl: The term "alkyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to
20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). Thus, the term
"alkyl" includes the sub-classes saturated alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, saturated cycloalkyl, cycloalkyenyl, cylcoalkynyl, etc., discussed below. Unless otherwise specified, preferable "alkyl" groups are saturated alkyl or saturated cycloalkyl groups, more preferably saturated alkyl groups.
In the context of alkyl groups, the prefixes (e.g. C1-4, C1-7, C1-20, C2-7, C3-7, etc.) denote the number of carbon atoms, or range of number of carbon atoms. For example, the term "C1-4 alkyl", as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of groups of alkyl groups include C1-4 alkyl ("lower alkyl"), C1-7 alkyl, and C1-20 alkyl. Note that the first prefix may vary according to other limitations; for example, for unsaturated alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 2; for cyclic alkyl groups, the first prefix must be at least 3; etc.
The term saturated alkyl group includes saturated linear alkyl and saturated branched alkyl.
Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3), butyl (C4), pentyl (C5), hexyl (C6), heptyl (C7), octyl (C8), nonyl (C9), decyl (C10), undecyl (Cn), dodecyl (Ci2), tridecyl (C13), tetradecyl (C14), pentadecyl (C15), and eicodecyl (C20). Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (amyl) (C5), n-hexyl (C6), and n-heptyl (C7). Examples of (unsubstituted) saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C3), iso-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), iso-pentyl (C5), and neo-pentyl (C5).
Alkenyl: The term "alkenyl", as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of groups of alkenyl groups include C2-4 alkenyl, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-20 alkenyl.
Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, -CH=CH2), 1-propenyl (-CH=CH-CH3), 2-propenyl (allyl, -CH-CH=CH2), isopropenyl (1 -methyl vinyl, -C(CH3)=CH2), butenyl (C4), pentenyl (C5), and hexenyl (C6).
Alkynyl: The term "alkynyl", as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Examples of groups of alkynyl groups include C2-4 alkynyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C2-20 alkynyl.
Examples of (unsubstituted) unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (ethinyl, -C≡CH) and 2-proρynyl (propargyl, -CH2-C≡CH).
Cycloalkyl: The term "cycloalkyl", as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a carbocyclic ring of a carbocyclic compound, which carbocyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated), which moiety has from 3 to 20 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), including from 3 to 20 ring atoms. Thus, the term "cycloalkyl" includes the sub-classes saturated cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl and cycloalkynyl. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms. Examples of groups of cycloalkyl groups include C3-20 cycloalkyl, C3-15 cycloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl.
Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropane (C3), cyclobutane (C4), cyclopentane (C5), cyclohexane (C6), cycloheptane (C7), methylcyclopropane (C4), dimethylcyclopropane (C5), methylcyclobutane (C5), dimethylcyclobutane (C6), methylcyclopentane (C6), dimethylcyclopentane (C7), methylcyclohexane (C7), dimethylcyclohexane (C8), menthane (Ci0); unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropene (C3), cyclobutene (C4), cyclopentene (C5), cyclohexene (C6), methylcyclopropene (C4), dimethylcyclopropene (C5), methylcyclobutene (C5), dimethylcyclobutene (C6), methylcyclopentene (C6), dimethylcyclopentene (C7), methylcyclohexene (C7), dimethylcyclohexene (C8); saturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds: thujane (C1O), carane (C10), pinane
(C10), bornane (C10), norcarane (C7), norpinane (C7), norbornane (C7), adamantane (C10), decalin (decahydronaphthalene) (C10); unsaturated polycyclic .hydrocarbon compounds: camphene (Cio), limonene (Cjo), pinene (C10); polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds having an aromatic ring: indene (C9), indane
(e.g., 2,3-dihydro-lH-indene) (C9), tetraline (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene) (C10), acenaphthene (C12), fluorene (C13), phenalene (Ci3), acephenanthrene (C15), aceanthrene (C16), cholanthrene (C20).
Heterocyclyl: The term "heterocyclyl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms (unless otherwise specified), of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms. Preferably the ring heteroatoms are selected from O, N and S. The heterocyclic ring may, unless otherwise specified, be carbon or nitrogen linked, and wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-, and a ring sulphur atom may be optionally oxidised to form the S-oxides. In this context, the prefixes (e.g. C3-2O, C3-7, C5-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5-6heterocyclyl" or "5 to 6 membered heterocyclyl", as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms. Examples of groups of heterocyclyl groups include C3-20 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 20 membered heterocyclyl), C5-20 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 20 membered heterocyclyl), C3-15 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 15 membered heterocyclyl), C5-15 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 15 membered heterocyclyl), C3-I2 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 12 membered heterocyclyl), C5-12 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 12 membered heterocyclyl), C3-10 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 10 membered heterocyclyl), C5, 10 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 10 membered heterocyclyl), C3-7 heterocyclyl (ie 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), C5-7 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 7 membered heterocyclyl), and C5-6 heterocyclyl (ie 5 to 6 membered heterocyclyl).
Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: N1: aziridine (C3 ie 3 memberd), azetidine (C4 ie 4 membered), pyrrolidine
(tetrahydropyrrole) (C5 ie 5 membered), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline,
2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C5 ie 5 membered), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (C5 ie 5 membered), piperidine (C6 ie 6 membered), dihydropyridine (C6 ie 6 membered), tetrahydropyridine (C6 ie 6 membered), azepine (C7 ie 7 membered);
O1: oxirane (C3 ie 3 membered), oxetane (C4 ie 4 membered), oxolane
(tetrahydrofuran) (C5 ie 5 membered), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C5 ie 5 membered), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (C6 ie 6 membered), dihydropyran (C6 ie 6 membered), pyran
(C6 ie 6 membered), oxepin (C7 ie 7membered); Si: thiirane (C3 ie 3 membered), thietane (C4 ie 4 membered), thiolane
(tetrahydrothiophene) (C5 ie 5 membered), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C6 ie όmembered), thiepane (C7 ie 7 membered);
O2: dioxolane (C5 ie 5 membered), dioxane (C6 ie 6 membered), and dioxepane (C7 ie membered); O3: trioxane (C6 ie 6 membered);
N2: imidazolidine (C5 ie 5 membered), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C5 ie 5 membered), imidazoline (C5 ie 5 membered), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C5 ie 5 membered), piperazine (C6 ie θmembered);
N1O1: tetrahydrooxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), dihydrooxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), dihydroisoxazole (C5 ie 5 membered), morpholine (C6 ie 6 membered), tetrahydrooxazine (C6 ie 6 membered), dihydrooxazine (C6 ie 6 membered), oxazine (C6 ie 6 membered);
N1S1: thiazoline (C5 ie 5 membered), thiazolidine (C5 ie 5 membered), thiomorpholine (C6 ie 6 membered); N2O1: oxadiazine (C6 ie 6 membered);
O1Si: oxathiole (C5 ie 5 membered) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C6 ie 6 membered); and,
NiOiS1: oxathiazine (C6 ie 6 membered).
Examples of substituted (non-aromatic) monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (C5 ie 5 membered), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (C6 ie 6 membered), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
Spiro-C3-7 cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl: The term "spiro C3_7 cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl" as used herein, refers to a C3-7 cycloalkyl or C3-7 heterocyclyl ring (3 to 7 membered) joined to another ring by a single atom common to both rings.
C5-20 aryl: The term "C5-2O aryl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of a C5-20 aromatic compound, said compound having one ring, or two or more rings (e.g., fused), and having from 5 to 20 ring atoms, and wherein at least one of said ring(s) is an aromatic ring. Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups" in which case the group may conveniently be referred to as a "Cs-20 carboaryl" group.
Examples of C5-20 aryl groups which do not have ring heteroatoms (i.e. C5-20 carboaryl groups) include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e. phenyl) (CO), naphthalene (C10), anthracene (C14), phenanthrene (C14), and pyrene (C16).
Alternatively, the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, including but not limited to oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, as in "heteroaryl groups". In this case, the group may conveniently be referred to as a "C5-2O heteroaryl" group, wherein "C5-20" denotes ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms (or otherwise referred to as a 5 to membered heteroaryl group). Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms. Commonly, heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur.
Examples of C5-20 heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, C5 heteroaryl groups (5 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from furan (oxole), thiophene (thiole), pyrrole (azole), imidazole (1,3-diazole), pyrazole (1,2-diazole), triazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, oxadiazole, tetrazole and oxatriazole; and C6 heteroaryl groups (6 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from isoxazine, pyridine (azine), pyridazine (1,2-diazine), pyrimidine (1,3-diazine; e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1,4-diazine) and triazine.
The heteroaryl group may be bonded via a carbon or hetero ring atom. Examples of C5-2O heteroaryl groups which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to, C9 heteroaryl groups (9 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from benzofuran, isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole; C10 heteroaryl groups (10 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from quinoline, isoquinoline, benzodiazine, pyridopyridine; C14 heteroaryl groups (14 membered heteroaryl groups) derived from acridine and xanthene.
The above alkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl groups, whether alone or part of another substituent, may themselves optionally be substituted with one or more groups selected from themselves and the additional substituents listed below.
Halo: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
Hydroxy: -OH.
Ether: -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C1-7 alkoxy group), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C3-20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C5-20 aryl group (also referred to as a C5-20 aryloxy group), preferably a C1-7 alkyl group.
Nitro: -NO2.
Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile): -CN.
Acyl (keto): -C(=O)R, wherein R is an acyl substituent, for example, H, a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C1-7 alkylacyl or C1-7 alkanoyl), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as C3-20 heterocyclylacyl), or a C5-20 aryl group (also referred to as C5-20 arylacyl), preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, -C(O)CH3 (acetyl), -C(=O)CH2CH3 (propionyl), -C(O)C(CH3)3 (butyryl), and -C(O)Ph (benzoyl, phenone). Carboxy (carboxylic acid): -COOH.
Ester (carboxy late, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl): -C(=O)OR, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3, -C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and -C(O)OPh. Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C(O)NR1R2, wherein
R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)NHCH3, -C(O)N(CH3)2, -C(O)NHCH2CH3, and -C(O)N(CH2CH3)2, as well as amido groups in which R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinylcarbonyl. Amino: -NR R , wherein R and R are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7 alkyl group (also referred to as C1-7 alkylamino or di-C1-7 alkylamino), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C1-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms. Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH2CH3)2, and -NHPh. Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidino, piperazinyl, perhydrodiazepinyl, morpholino, and thiomorpholino. The cylic amino groups may be substituted on their ring by any of the substituents defined here, for example carboxy, carboxylate and amido.
Aminosulfonyl -S(1O)2NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 each independently is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups. Examples of aminosulfony groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHCH3, -S(=O)2NHCH2CH3 and - S(=O)2N(CH3)2.
Acylamido (acylamino): -NR'C(=O)R2, wherein R1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably H or a C1-7 alkyl group, most preferably H, and R2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of acylamide groups include, but are not limited to, -NHC(=O)CH3 , -NHC(=O)CH2CH3, and -NHC(=O)Ph. R1 and R2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
Figure imgf000024_0001
succinimidyl maleimidyl phthalimidyl
Ureido: -N(R^CONR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and Rl is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of ureido groups include, but are not limited to, -NHCONH2, - NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe2, -NHCONEt2, -NMeCONH2, -NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe2, -NMeCONEt2 and -NHC(=0)NHPh.
Acyloxy (reverse ester): -0C(=0)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -OC(=O)CH3 (acetoxy), - OC(=O)CH2CH3, -OC(=O)C(CH3)3, -OC(=O)Ph, -OC(=O)C6H4F, and -OC(=O)CH2Ph. Thiol : -SH.
Thioether (sulfide): -SR, wherein R is a thioether substituent, for example, a Ci-7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C1-7 alkylthio group), a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of C1-7 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH3 and -SCH2CH3.
Sulfoxide (sulfinyl): -S(=O)R, wherein R is a sulfoxide substituent, for example, a Ci-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfoxide groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)CH3 and -S(=O)CH2CH3. Sulfonyl (sulfone): -S(=O)2R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-2O aryl group, preferably a C1-7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfone groups include, but are not limited to, -S(^=O)2CH3 (methanesulfonyl, mesyl), -S(=O)2CF3, -S(^O)2CH2CH3, and 4-methylphenylsulfonyl (tosyl). Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -Q=S)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=S)NH2, -C(=S)NHCH3, -C(=S)N(CH3)2, and -C(=S)NHCH2CH3.
Sulfonamino: -NR1S(^=O)2R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a C1-7alkyl group, a C3-20heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20aryl group, preferably a C1-7alkyl group. Examples of sulfonamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=O)2CH3, -NHS(=O)2Ph and -N(CH3)S(=O)2C6H5.
In addition, two or more adjacent substituents may be linked such that together with the atoms to which they are attached from a C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl or C5-20 aryl ring. As mentioned above, the groups that form the above listed substituent groups, e.g. C1-7 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-2O aryl, may themselves be substituted. Thus, the above definitions cover substituent groups which are substituted.
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula I:
Figure imgf000026_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
R7 is halo, OR01, SRSI, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(-O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, a C5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a C5-20 aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7Cy cloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C^cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), where RO1 and RS1 are H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C1-7 alkyl group where each C1-7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl, or C5-20aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C^cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2Oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RN1 and RN2 are independently H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C5-20heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C1-7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl, C5-20aryl or heterocyclic is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino); RC1 is H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C1-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9 where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C1-7alkyl, C5- 2oheteroaryl, C5-20aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RS2a is H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C1-7 alkyl group where each Ci- 7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl or C5-20aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, Ci-7alkyl, C2.7alken.yl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, Cs-aoaryl, Cs^oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino); RN7a and RN7b are H or a C1-4 alkyl group;
R2 is H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, a C5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Q^alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl? Cs^oaryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl., thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2OaIyI5 C5.2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a C5-2O aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5.20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2.7alken.yl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3.20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), wherein R°2 and RS2b are H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5.20 heteroaryl group, or a C1-7 alkyl group where each C1-7alkyl, C5-2oheteroaryl or C5-20aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C^alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino); RNS and RN6 are independently H, a Ci-7 alkyl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms where each C1-7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl, C5-20aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2.7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2.7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino).
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia or Ib:
Figure imgf000029_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
R7 is halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(=O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, a C5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2OaTyI, Cs^oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a C5-20 aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5.2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), where R01 and RS1 are H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, or a Ci-7 alkyl group where each C1-7alkyl, C5-2oheteroaryl, or C5-20aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci.γalkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, Cs^oaryl, C5.20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RN1 and RN2 are independently H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C5.2oheteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C1-7alkyl, C5-2oheteroaryl, C5-2OaTyI or heterocyclic is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3_7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3.7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5.2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino); RC1 is H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-2O heteroaryl group, a Ci-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9 where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, a Ci-7 alkyl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each Ci-7alkyl, C5- 20heteroaryl, C5-20aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C]-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2OaTyI, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RS2a is H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C1-7 alkyl group where each C1- 7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl or C5-20aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RN7a and RN7b are H or a C1-4 alkyl group; R2 is H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, a C5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a C5-20 aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl5 C5.2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), wherein R°2 and RS2b are H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C1-7 alkyl group where each C1-7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl or Cs-2oaryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino); RN5 and RN6 are independently H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RNδ together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms where each C1-7alkyl, C5-2oheteiOaryl, Cs^oaryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2.7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino).
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided a compound of formula Ia:
Figure imgf000032_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
R7 is halo, OR01, SRS1, NRNlRN2, NRN7aC(=0)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, a C5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heteiOcyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a C5-20 aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), where RO1 and RS1 are H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C1-7 alkyl group where each C[-7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl, or C5-20aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, Cs^oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino); RN1 and RN2 are independently H, a C1-7alkyl group, a C5-20heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C1-7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl, C5-20aryl or heterocyclic is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7Cy cloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, Cs-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino); Rcl is H, a C5-20 aiyl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C1-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9 where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where each C1-7alkyl, C5- 2oheteroaryl, C5-20aryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-2oaryl, Cs.aoheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2Qheterocyclyl, Cs-2oaryl, C5_2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RS2a is H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, or a C1-7 alkyl group where each C1- 7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl or C5-2oaryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or C^alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5,20aryl, Cs^oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C^alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-2oheteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RN7a and RN7b are H or a C1-4 alkyl group; R2 is H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, a C5-20 heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci.7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), or a C5-20 aryl group optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci.7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3.7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino), wherein R°2 and RS2b are H, a C5-20 aryl group, a C5-2O heteroaiyl group, or a Ci-7 alkyl group where each C1-7alkyl, C5-20heteroaryl or C5-20aryl is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5_20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteiOaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino);
RNS and RN6 are independently H, a C1-7 alkyl group, a C5-20 heteroaryl group, a C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms where each Ci-7alkyl, Cs^oheteroaryl, C5-2oaryl or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, and thiol, or Ci-7alkyl, C2-7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3-2oheterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino (each optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, carboxy, thiol, C1-7alkyl, C2.7alkenyl, C2-7alkynyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkenyl, C3.20heterocyclyl, C5-20aryl, C5-20heteroaryl, ether, acyl, ester, amido, amino, acylamido, ureido, acyloxy, thioether, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, thioamido and sulfonamino). Further Preferences
The following preferences can apply to each aspect of the present invention, where applicable. The preferences for each group may be combined with those for any or all of the other groups, as appropriate. X5, X5, and Xs
When two of X5, X6 and Xs are N, preferably X5 and X8 are N.
It is preferred that only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N. More preferably one of X5 and X8 is N, and most preferably X8 is N. R7
R7 is preferably selected from an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, OR01, SRS1,
NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl and NRN7bSO2RS2a, where R01, Rsι, RN1, RN2, RN7a, RN7b, Rcl and
RS2a are as previously defined. It is further preferred that R7 is preferably selected from an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, OR01, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl and NRN7bSO2Rs2a.
If R7 is OR01, then preferably Ro1 is a C1-7 alkyl group, which may be substituted.
If R7 is NRN1RN2, then preferably RN2 is selected from H and C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl) and more preferably is H. If RN1 is C1-7 alkyl, it is preferably selected from C3-7 cycloalkyl. If
RNl is C5-20 aryl, it is preferably selected from C5-10 aryl (e.g. phenyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, indazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl) and more preferably C5-6 aryl (e.g. phenyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl). Particularly preferred groups include furyl, phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl and thiophenyl. The aforementioned groups are optionally substituted, and in some embodiments are preferably substituted. Substituent groups may include, but are not limited to, C1-7 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl, C5-20 aryl, carboxy, ester, ether (eg Ci-7alkoxy), hydroxy, aryloxy, cyano, halo, nitro, amido, sulfonyl, sulfonylamino, amino sulfonyl and amino.
If R7 is NRN7aC(O)Rcl, then RN7a is preferably H. Rcl may be an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group (e.g. phenyl, imadazolyl, quinoxalinyl), C3-20 heterocyclyl, C1-7 alkyl (e.g. propenyl, methyl (substituted with thiophenyl)) or NRN8RN9. RN8 is preferably hydrogen, and RN9 is preferably C1-7 alkyl (e.g. ethyl).
If R7 is NRN7bSO2RS2a, then RN7b is preferably H. RS2a is preferably C1-7 alkyl (e.g. methyl).
If R7 is a C5-20 aryl group, it is preferably an optionally substituted C5-10 aryl and more preferably an optionally substituted C5-6 aryl group. Most preferably it is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6arylamino and C[-7alkylamino and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5^aTyI, C5-6arylamino and C^alkylamino.
If R7 is a 5 to 20 membered heteroaryl group, it is preferably an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl and more preferably an optionally substituted 5 or 6 memebered heteroaryl group.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 to 20 membered heteroaryl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, sulfonamino (for example -NHS(=O)2C1-7alkyl) amino (for example -NH2, Cs-garylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2, -CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C1-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl,
C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, -NHS(=O)2C1-7alkyl, C5-6arylamino, di-(Ci.7alkyl)amino and
C1-7alkylamino.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, sulfonamino (for example -NHS(=O)2Ci-7alkyl) amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino,
C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2, -CONHC 1-7alkyl,
-CON(Ci-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, -NHS(=O)2C1-7alkyl, C5-6arylamino, di- (C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1.7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2, -CONHC 1-7alkyl, -CON(C 1-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, C5-6arylamino, di- (C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH2CH3, -NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OCHF2, -CH2OH, -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH3)2, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH2OH, -CO2H1 -CONH25 -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4- hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from methoxy, -OCH2CH3, -NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OCHF2, -CH2OH, -CONH2, -CONHMe and -CONHCH(CH3)2. In one embodiment R7 is an optionally substituted 5 or 6 memebered nitrogen containing heteroaryl group such as a pyridine group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CO2NH2, -CO2NHC1-7alkyl, -CO2N(C 1-7alky I)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, C5.6arylamino, di- (Ci-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino. In one embodiment, R is a pyridinyl group optionally substituted halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CO2NH2, -CO2NHC i-7alkyl, -CO2N(C 1-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, C5-6arylamino, di-(C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino.
In one embodiment, R7 is a pyridinyl group optionally substituted with NH2.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group selected from
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein
Z is H, F or OR03;
R°3 is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl group; RN1° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R02, C(S)R03, SO2RS3, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C1- 10 alkyl group where R02 and R03 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRN11RN12, where RNπ and RN12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RNU and RN12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and RS3 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl group; or RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
In one embodiment, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group selected from
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein
R ,03 is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl group; and
R ,NNliOυ is selected from C(O)R >C2 , C(S)R >C3 , SO2R S^3 \ an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted Cj-10 alkyl group where RC2 and R03 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRN11RN12, where RNU and RN12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RNU and RNI2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and RS3 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group. In one embodiment, R7 is
Figure imgf000040_0002
wherein Z is H, F or OR03;
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R02, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-10 alkyl group where RC2 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRNnRN12, where RNU and RN12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocycly group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN11 and RN12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RN1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl group; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms. In one embodiment, R7 is
Figure imgf000041_0001
wherein
Z is H, F or OR03;
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R02, an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C6 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl group where RC2 are selected from CH3 or CH2OH; RN1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl group; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy,
C1-7alkylamino and di-C1-7alkylamino. In one embodiment, R7 is
Figure imgf000041_0002
wherein
Z is H, F or OR03;
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -Ctbcyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms; and where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy. In a further embodiment of the invention R7 is selected from
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
In one embodiment R2 is OR02 where R°2 is an optionally substituted C1-7alkyl group.
In one embodiment R2 is OR02 where R°2 is -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2OCH3, or -CH(CH3)CH2N(CH3)2.
Preferably R2 is NRN5RN6, where RN5 and RN6 are as previously defined, and more preferably RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, which may optionally be substituted. The ring preferably has from 5 to 7 ring atoms. Preferred optionally substituted groups include, but are not limited, to imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N- substiruted) and pyrrolidinyl. Preferred N-substituents for the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -Q=O)OCH3, -Q=O)OCH2CH3 and -C(=O)OC(CH3)3.
Preferred N-substituents for the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C1-7alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3 and -C(=O)OC(CH3)3.
Preferred C-substituents for the groups include Ci-4 alkyl, preferably methyl. The groups may bear one or more substituents, for example one or two substituents;
Preferred C-substituents for the groups include phenyl, ester, amide and Ci-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxy ethyl,. The groups may bear one or more substituents, for example one or two substituents. In one embodiment R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from amino, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, ester, a C3-7 cycloalkyl ring, a C6carboaryl ring, a heterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring atoms and C1-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the heterocyclic ring, the cycloalkyl ring, the carboaryl ring, the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl)
In one embodiment R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C1-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl)
In one embodiment R2 is NRN5RN6, where RN5 is an optionally substituted C1-7alkyl group or an optionally substituted phenyl group, and RN6 is hydrogen.
In one embodiment R2 is NRN5RN6, where RN5 is -CH(CH3)CH2OCH3, cyclopentyl or a phenyl group, and RN6 is hydrogen. Preferred R2 groups are pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl groups. More preferred groups are morpholino and piperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkyl substituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents. More preferably these are substituted with one or two methyl substituents. If these groups bear two methyl substituents, these are preferably on separate carbon atoms. The alkyl substituents may also be optionally substituted. Examples of optional substituents of the alkyl substitutents include halo, hydroxy, ether or amino. Particularly preferred groups include methylmorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methyl piperidinyl groups, for example:
Figure imgf000044_0001
More preferred groups are morpholino and piperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkyl substituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents. More preferably these are substituted with one or two methyl substituents. If these groups bear two methyl substituents, these are preferably on separate carbon atoms. Particularly preferred groups include methylniorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methyl piperidinyl groups, for example:
Figure imgf000045_0001
Preferred R groups are pyrrolidinyl, morpho>lino, pipe 1radinyl and homopiperadinyl groups. More preferred groups are morpholino and piperadinyl. These are preferably substituted with one or more alkyl substituents, for example methyl or ethyl substituents.
More preferably these are substituted with one or two methyl substituents. If these groups bear two methyl substituents, these are preferably on separate carbon atoms. The alkyl substituents may also be optionally substituted. Examples of optional substituents of the alkyl substitutents include halo, hydroxy, ether or amino. Particularly preferred groups include methylmorpholino groups, dimethylmorpholino groups and methyl piperidinyl groups, for example:
Figure imgf000045_0002
Figure imgf000045_0003
Further preferred R2 groups are optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, morpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl wherein the optional substituents are selected from hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), amido (for example -CONH2, -CONHC 1-7alkyl, -CON(C i-7alkyl)2), ester (for example -CO2C1-7alkyl), C6aryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyl group and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, aryl or heterocyclyl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, -NH2, di-(C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino. More preferred groups are morpholino, piperadinyl and homopiperadinyl which may be optionally substited by one or more groups selected from hydroxy., methyl, ethyl, -CO2Me, -CO2Et, -CH2OH, -CH20me, -CH2NMe2, -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONMe2, phenyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholino and piperadinyl. In a further embodiment of the invention R2 is selected from
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
In a further embodiment of the invention R2 is selected from
Figure imgf000047_0002
Figure imgf000048_0001
In a further embodiment of the invention R is selected from
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000048_0003
HMe
Figure imgf000048_0004
Me,
In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N; R7 is selected from an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteraryl group, OR01, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(=O)Rcl and NRN7bSO2RS2a; and
R2 is selected from OR02, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group.
In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N; R7 is an optionally substituted C5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, Ci.7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2, -CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C 1-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl,
C5.6arylamino, di-(C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino; and
R2 is selected from OR02, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C6 aryl group. In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted C5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, Cs^arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2,
-CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C 1-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, C5-6arylamino, di-(C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C1-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl). In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted C5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2,
-CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C i-7alky I)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, C5.6arylamino, di-(C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl, wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C1-7alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3 and
-C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl. In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N;
R is selected from an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteraryl group, OR01, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(=0)Rcl and NRN7bSO2RS2a; and
R2 is selected from OR02, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group. In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted C5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1_7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2, -CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C1-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl,
C5-6arylamino, di-(C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino; and
R2 is selected from OR02, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C6 aryl group. In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted C5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2j C5-6arylamino, C1-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2,
-CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C 1-7alky I)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, C5-6arylamino, di-(C1-7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and Ci-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl).
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted C5-6 aryl group or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteraryl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from halo, hydroxy 1, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7alkoxy, amino (for example -NH2j C5-6arylamino, Ci-7alkylamino, and di-(C1-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example -CONH2,
-CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C 1-7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkyl, C1-7 alkoxy, C5-6aryl, C5-6arylamino, di-(Ci_7alkyl)amino and C1-7alkylamino; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl, wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include Ci-7alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(=O)OCH3, -Q=O)OCH2CH3 and
-C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N; R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH2CH3, -NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OCHF2, -CH2OH, -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH3)2, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from amino, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, ester, a C3-7 cycloalkyl ring, a C6carboaryl ring, a heterocyclic ring containing 5 to 7 ring atoms and C1-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the heterocyclic ring, the cycloalkyl ring, the carboaryl ring, the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl).
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;X8 is N; R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH2CH3, -NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OCHF2, -CH2OH, -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH3)2, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RNδ together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl, wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C1-7alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3 and
-C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I) or
(Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N; R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH2, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH2OH5 -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF25 -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably
N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl, wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C1-7alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3 and -C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH2, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH2OH, -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl, wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C1-7alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3 and -C(=O)0C(CH3)3, and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and Ci-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH2CH3, -NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OCHF2, -CH2OH, -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH3)2, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R2 is a group selected from
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
*
Figure imgf000056_0002
Figure imgf000056_0003
Men
Figure imgf000056_0004
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N;
R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH2, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH2OH, -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH2CH2F,
-CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R2 is a group selected from
*
Figure imgf000056_0005
Figure imgf000057_0001
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N; R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from -NH2, fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -CH2OH, -CO2H -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF25 -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2, N- methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl; and R2 is a group selected from
Figure imgf000058_0001
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N;
R7 is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3 -hydroxy methy 1-4- methoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
form a
Figure imgf000059_0002
group.
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I) or (Ia), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which:
X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N;
R7 is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethyl-4- methoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
Figure imgf000059_0003
group. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N;
R7 is a 4-chlorophenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxymethyl-4- methoxy -phenyl, 3,5~dimethoxy~4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 3- hydroxyphenyl or a 3-hydroxymethylphenyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
form a
Figure imgf000060_0001
group. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N;
Figure imgf000060_0002
Figure imgf000061_0001
R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a
Figure imgf000061_0002
Me, or a A group.
In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
Figure imgf000062_0001
wherein: only one of X5, X6 and Xs is N, and the others are CH;
Z is H, F or OR03; RN1° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R02, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-10 alkyl group where R02 are selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRN11RN12, where RN11 and RNI2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C5-2O heterocycly group, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group or RNπ and RN12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
RN1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-I0 alkyl group; or RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
R°3 is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl group; and
R2 is selected from NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group. In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or
(Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
Z is H, F or OR03
R NIO ig R NIO ig seiecte(j from hydrogen, C(O)RC2, an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C6 aryl group, or an optionally substituted
C1-10 alkyl group where R02 are selected from CH3 or CH2OH where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy, C1-7alkylamino and di-C1-7alkylamino; RN1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl group where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7alkyloxy,
Ci-7alkylamino and di-C1-7alkylamino; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7alkyloxy,
C1-7alkylamino and di-C1-7alkylamino;
R°3 is an unsubstituted C1-3 alkyl group; and
R2 is selected from NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C6 aryl group.
In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
Z is H, F or OR03 RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3,
-CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2,
-CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RNI° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy;
R°3 is a methyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C1-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl).
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3,
-CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ;
RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C^alkyloxy;
R03 is a methyl group; and
R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably
N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl, wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C^alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3 and
-C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl.
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N;
Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3,
-CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RNlOa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy; R03 is a methyl group; and
R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably
N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C1-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy
(wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl).
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N;
Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is a RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3,
-CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CHj)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ;
RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy;
R03 is a methyl group; and
R2 is a group selected from
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N;
Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy; R03 is a methyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
form a
Figure imgf000067_0002
group.
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II) or (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N;
Z is H, F or OR 03 RNl° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3,
-CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2,
-CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -C^cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ;
RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C^alkyloxy;
R03 is a methyl group; and
R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
form a
Figure imgf000068_0001
group.
In an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (I), (Ia) or (Ib) wherein the compound is a compound of formula (II), (Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
Figure imgf000068_0002
wherein: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH; Z is H, F or OR03; RN1° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R02, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-10 alkyl group where R02 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRN11RN12, where RNU and RN12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 heterocycly group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RNπ and RN12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; j^Nioa j^s seiected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted Ci-10 alkyl group; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
R03 is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl group; and
R2 is selected from NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-20 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group.
In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II), (Ha), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH; Z is H, F or OR03 RN1° is RN1° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)R02, an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C6 aryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-Io alkyl group where RC2 are selected from CH3 or CH2OH where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy, C1-7alkylamino and di-C 1-7alky lamino ; βNioa js seiecte(j from hydrogen or an optionally substituted C1-I0 alkyl group where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy, C i.7alky lamino and di-C 1-7alky lamino; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7alkyloxy,
C 1-7alky lamino and di-C1-7alkylamino; R03 is an unsubstituted C1-3 alkyl group; and R2 is selected from NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C6 aryl group.
In another embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II), (Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N5 and the others are CH;
Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C^alkyloxy;
R is a methyl group; and
R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 5 to 7 ring atoms which may be optionally be substituted, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and C1-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl). In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II), (Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or RN1° and RN 1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy; R03 is a methyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl, wherein optional N-substituents on the piperazinyl and homopiperazinyl groups include C1-7alkyl groups or esters, in particular, esters bearing a C1-7 alkyl group as an ester substituent, e.g. -C(=O)OCH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3 and
-C(=O)OC(CH3)3, and optional C-substituents for the imidazolyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, homopiperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups include phenyl, ester, amide and C1-4 alkyl, preferably methyl, aminomethyl, hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II),
(Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N; Z is H, F or OR03 RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3,
-CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopenryl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci.7alkyloxy; R03 is a methyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl (preferably N-substituted), homopiperazinyl (preferably N-substituted) or pyrrolidinyl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from cyano, halo, hydroxyl, and Ci-7 saturated alkyl and C1-7 saturated alkoxy (wherein the saturated alkyl and alkoxy groups may be optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7 alkoxy, amino and C5-6 aryl). In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II), (Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N; Z is H, F or OR03
R ,Nm10υ is a R )Nm10υ is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
R ,NlO and R >Nm10υaa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7alkyloxy; R°3 is a methyl group; and R is a group selected from
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II), (Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; X8 is N;
Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH3 -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy; R°3 is a methyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
form a
Figure imgf000074_0001
group. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II),
(Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which:
X5 and X6 are each CH;
X8 is N;
Z is H, F or OR03 RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3,
-CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2,
-CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy;
R03 is a methyl group; and R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
form a
Figure imgf000074_0002
group. In a further embodiment, there is provided a subset of compounds of formula (II), (Ha) or (lib), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in which: X5 and X6 are each CH; Xs is N; Z is H, F or OR03
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole ;
RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms, where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy; R°3 is a methyl group; and
R2 is NRN5RN6 where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound
form a
Figure imgf000075_0001
group.
In another aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from any one of the Examples. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from Examples lbu, Ice, 12b, 18de, 18dg, 18j, lar, 19e, 19h, 19i, 191, 19m, 19n, 19o, 18n, 18o, 18z, 18aa, 18ag, 18ai, 18al, Iv, 18az, lah, 7e, 7i, 7j, 5d, 5f, 4v, 4ab, 4aj, 5t, 5u, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 3f, 3g, 18bp, 18bs, 18bv, 18by, 18cb, 18cv, law, 3u, lbf, 18ct, 19q, 19s, 19u, 19v, 19w, lau, 5r, 4t, 18dj, IcI, 2d, 2e, lcs, 2h, 2j, lew, lbo, lbp, Ij, lbx, lby, lcf, lei, lcj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, In, Ip, Iq, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, lbd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, lab, 4p, 9a, lav, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt, 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci, 18bx, 5n, lam, lao, 18cn, 18cx, lbk, 13b, 4g, 5s, 4q, 18dd, lcp, lcq, 2f, 2g, 13g, lev, let, Ib, Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, lbg, 8b, 4h, lba, 8a, laa, lac, lae, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbb, lat, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 5 18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, lak, IaI, lap, lbe, 18co, 18cr5 18cs, 18db, 19p, 31, Iu, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, lcn, lco, 3 ad, lcr, lew, Icy, ldv, 15c, IcI, lem, lcn, lcq, lev, lex, ldi, ldj, leb, lcj, lck, let, leu, lcz, ldb, ldc, ldd, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldm, ldn, ldo, ldp, ldq, ldt, ldu, ldw, ldy, ldz, lea, lee, led, lee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do.
10 In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from Examples lbo, lbp, Ij, lbx, lby, lcf, lei, lcj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, In, Ip, Iq, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, lbd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, lab, 4ρ, 9a, lav, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5 v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt, 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci, 18bx, 5n, lam, lao, 18cn, 18cx, lbk,
15 13b, 4g, 5s, 4q, 18dd, lcp, lcq, 2f, 2g, 13g, lev, let, Ib, Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, lbg, 8b, 4h, lba,
20 8a, laa, lac, lae, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbb, lat, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, lak, IaI, lap, lbe, 18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 31, Iu, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, lcn, lco, 3ad, IcI, lcm, lcn, lcq, lev, lex, ldi, ldj, leb, lcj, lck, let, leu, lcz, ldb, ldc, ldd, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldm, ldn, ldo, ldp, ldq, ldt, ldu, ldw, ldy, ldz,
25 lea, lee, led, lee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do.
In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from Examples Ib, Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u,
30 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, lbg, 8b, 4h, lba, 8a, laa, lac, lae, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbb, lat, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, lak, IaI, lap, lbe, 18co, 18cr, 18es, 18db, 19p, 31, Iu, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, lcn, lco, 3ad, lcj, lck, let, leu, lcz, ldb, ldc, ldd, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI5 ldm, ldn, ldo, ldp, ldq, ldt, ldu, ldw, ldy, ldz, lea, lee, led, lee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, selected from Examples Ia, Iu, IaI, lap, lat, laz, lco, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldp, ldq, ldr, Ids, ldt, ldu, ldy, lee, lee, 12d, 14b, 18dn and 18do. Includes Other Forms
Included in the above are the well known ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of these substituents. For example, a reference to carboxylic acid (-COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO"), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms. Similarly, a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N+HR1R2), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group. Similarly, a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-0"), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms of a hydroxyl group. Isomers, Salts, Solvates, Protected Forms, and Prodrugs
Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, /-, and r-forms; endo- and exø-forms; R-, S-, and «?e,ro-forms; D- and Z-forms; d- and /-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal- forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms").
If the compound is in crystalline form, it may exist in a number of different polymorphic forms. For example, for Example Ia was isolated as Form A: 2-Theta° 6.9 (46%), 8.53 (100%), 10.1 (21%), 10.86 (24%), 11.65 (11%), 13.31 (14%), 13.75 (7%), 14.37 (54%), 15.21 (5%), 16.19 (13%), 16.81 (39%), 17.19 (40%), 17.97 (21%), 18.41 (65%), 18.78 (80%), 20.66 (8%), 21.07 (89%), 22.05 (19%), 22.36 (42%), 24 (7%), 24.36 (33%), 25.25 (31%), 25.54 (16%), 26.92 (18%), 27.26 (8%), 28.03 (8%), 28.39 (21%), 29 (8%), 29.91 (13%), 30.62 (23%), 31.48 (9%), 32.72 (5%), 33.27 (11%), 34.88 (4%), 35.48 (5%), 36.16 (4%), 36.88 (4%), 37.37 (4%), 37.91 (6%), 38.65 (4%) and 39.83 (4%). A less stable form, Form B5 has also been isolated from water / THF: 2-Theta° 3.67 (7%), 7.28 (7%), 8.52 (7%), 9.22 (30%), 11.42 (78%), 12.69 (24%), 13 (15%), 13.41 (44%), 13.6 (26%), 14.51 (19%), 15.56 (13%), 16.25 (9%), 17.11 (13%), 17.55 (18%), 18.24 (64%), 18.59 (56%), 19.51 (33%), 19.85 (26%), 20.32 (13%), 21.49 (17%), 21.79 (13%), 22.23 (18%), 22.84 (26%), 23.72 (23%), 25.46 (74%), 26.1 (100%), 26.72 (43%), 27.94 (16%), 28.35 (8%), 34.74 (10%), 35.34 (6%), 36.72 (9%) and 38.55 (4%).
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers", as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta- chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and /_?ø-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para- methoxypheny 1) .
The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol, imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N- nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g. asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner. Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of thereof, for example, as discussed below, as well as its different polymorphic forms.
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the active compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in ref. 25.
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., -COOH may be -COO"), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na and K , alkaline earth cations such as Ca and Mg , and other cations such as Al . Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4 +) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R+, NH2R2 +, NHR3 +, NR4 +). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4 +.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g., -NH2 may be -NH3 +), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous. Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: acetic, propionic, succinic, gycolic, stearic, palmitic, lactic, malic, pamoic, tartaric, citric, gluconic, ascorbic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, aspartic, benzoic, cinnamic, pyruvic, salicyclic, sulfanilic, 2-acetyoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, valeric, and gluconic. Examples of suitable polymeric anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose. It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding, solvate of the active compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g. active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the active compound in a chemically protected form. The term "chemically protected form," as used herein, pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions, that is, are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involving other unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, without affecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed, usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting the remainder of the molecule. See, for example, ref. 26.
For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (-OR) or an ester (-OC(=O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl (diphenylmethyl), or trityl (triphenylmethyl) ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (-OC(=O)CH3, -OAc).
For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal or ketal, respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C=O) is converted to a diether (>C(OR)2), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid. For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide or a urethane, for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH3); a benzyloxy amide (-NHC0- OCH2C6H5, -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH3)3, -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2- propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH3)2C6H4C6H5, -NH-Bpoc), as a 9-fluorenylmethoxy amide (- NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (- NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc), as an allyloxy amide (-NH-Alloc), as a 2(-phenylsulphonyl)ethyloxy amide (-NH-Psec); or, in suitable cases, as an iV-oxide (>NO«).
For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C1-7 alkyl ester (e.g. a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C1-7 haloalkyl ester (e.g. a C1-7 trihaloalkyl ester); a MC1-7 alkylsilyl-Ci-7 alkyl ester; or a C5-20 aryl-C1-7 alkyl ester (e.g. a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide. For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (-SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (-S-CH2NHC(O)CH3).
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the active compound in the form of a prodrug. The term "prodrug", as used herein, pertains to a compound which, when metabolised (e.g. in vivo), yields the desired active compound.
Typically, the prodrug is inactive, or less active than the active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
For example, some prodrugs are esters of the active compound (e.g. a physiologically acceptable metabolically labile ester). During metabolism, the ester group (-C(=O)OR) is cleaved to yield the active drug. Such esters may be formed by esterification, for example, of any of the carboxylic acid groups (-C(=O)OH) in the parent compound, with, where appropriate, prior protection of any other reactive groups present in the parent compound, followed by deprotection if required. Examples of such metabolically labile esters include those wherein R is C1-20 alkyl (e.g. -Me, -Et); C1-7 aminoalkyl (e.g. aminoethyl; 2-(N, JV- diethylamino)ethyl; 2-(4-morpholino)ethyl); and acyloxy-C1-7 alkyl (e.g. acyloxymethyl; acyloxyethyl; e.g. pivaloyloxymethyl; acetoxymethyl; 1-acetoxyethyl; l-(l-methoxy-l- methyl)ethyl-carbonxyloxy ethyl; 1 -(benzoyloxy)ethyl; isopropoxy-carbonyloxymethyl; 1 -isopropoxy-carbonyloxyethyl; cyclohexyl-carbonyloxymethyl; 1 -cyclohexyl- carbonyloxy ethyl; cyclohexyloxy-carbonyloxymethyl; 1-cyclohexyloxy-carbonyloxyethyl; (4- tetrahydropyranyloxy) carbonyloxymethyl; l-(4-tetrahydropyranyloxy)carbonyloxyethyl; (4- tetrahydropyranyl)carbonyloxymethyl; and 1 -(4-tetrahydropyranyl)carbonyloxyethyl).
Further suitable prodrug forms include phosphonate and glycolate salts. In particular, hydroxy groups (-OH), can be made into phosphonate prodrugs by reaction with clilorodibenzylphosphite, followed by hydrogenation, to form a phosphonate group -O- P(=O)(OH)2. Such a group can be cleared by phosphotase enzymes during metabolism to yield the active drug with the hydroxy group.
Also, some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound. For example, the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative. Acronyms
For convenience, many chemical moieties are represented using well known abbreviations, including but not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), ^-propyl (nPr), /so-propyl
(iPr), /7-butyl (nBu), tert-butyl (tBu), «-hexyl (nHex), cyclohexyl (cHex), phenyl (Ph), biphenyl (biPh), benzyl (Bn), naphthyl (naph), methoxy (MeO), ethoxy (EtO), benzoyl (Bz), and acetyl (Ac).
For convenience, many chemical compounds are represented using well known abbreviations, including but not limited to, methanol (MeOH), ethanol (EtOH), iso-propanol (i-PrOH), methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), ether or diethyl ether (Et2O), acetic acid (AcOH), dichloromethane (methylene chloride, DCM), trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), dimethylformamide (DMF), tetrahydrofuran (THF), and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). General Synthesis
Compounds of formula I can be represented by Formula 1 :
Formula 1
wherein R4 represents
Figure imgf000082_0001
Compounds of Formula 1 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 2:
Formula 2
Figure imgf000082_0002
When R7 is NRN1RN2, this is by reaction with R7H. When R7 is an amide, urea or sulfonamide group, this is by reaction with ammonia followed by reaction of the resulting primary amide with the appropriate acid chloride, isocyanate or sulfonyl chloride. When R7 is OR01 or SRS1, this is by reaction with potassium carbonate in the appropriate alcohol or thiol solvent. When R7 is an optionally substituted C3-20 heterocyclyl group or C5-20 aryl group, this is by reaction with R7B(OAIk)2, where each AIk is independently C1-7 alkyl or together with the oxygen to which they are attached form a C5-7 heterocyclyl group. Compounds of Formula 2 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 3 : Formula 3
by reaction with HR ,4 ( reg.
Figure imgf000083_0001
) followed by reaction with HR .
Compounds of Formula 3 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 4:
Formula 4
Figure imgf000083_0002
by treatment with POCl3 and N,N-diisopropylamine, for example.
Compounds of Formula 4 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 5:
Formula 5
Figure imgf000083_0003
by treatment with oxalyl chloride, for example.
. Compounds of Formula 5 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 6, for example by reaction with liquid ammonia followed by reaction with thionyl chloride and ammonia gas:
Formula 6
Figure imgf000083_0004
Alternatively compounds of Formula 1 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 7:
c Formu .la 77
Figure imgf000083_0005
by reaction with HR2. Compounds of Formula 7 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 8:
Formula 8
Figure imgf000084_0001
When R7 is NRN1RN2, this is by reaction with R7H. When R7 is an amide, urea or sulfonamide group, this is by reaction with ammonia followed by reaction of the resulting primary amide with the appropriate acid chloride, isocyanate or sulfonyl chloride. When R7 is OR01 or SRS1, this is by reaction with potassium carbonate in the appropriate alcohol or thiol solvent. When R7 is an optionally substituted C3-20 heterocyclyl group or C5-20 aryl group, this is by reaction with R7B(OAIk)2, where each AIk is independently C1-7 alkyl or together with the oxygen to which they are attached form a C5-7 heterocyclyl group. Compounds of Formula 8 can be synthesised from compounds of Formula 3:
Formula 3
by reaction with HR (eg.
Figure imgf000084_0002
When R7 is
Figure imgf000084_0003
the Compound of Formula 1 can be prepared by reaction a compound of Formula Ia:
Formula 1a
Figure imgf000084_0004
wherein R4 represents
Figure imgf000085_0001
and
Figure imgf000085_0002
, wherein Lv is a leaving group, such as a halogen, for example chlorine, or a OSO2 group, where R is alkyl or aryl, such as methyl, by reaction with RN10NH2 . Compounds of Formula Ia can be synthesised by reaction of a compound of Formula Ib
Formula 1b
wherein R4 represents
Figure imgf000085_0003
and
Figure imgf000085_0004
with an alkyl or aryl sulphonyl chloride in the presence of a base. For Example:
DCM
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000086_0002
Figure imgf000086_0003
Compounds of Formula Ib can be prepared by reaction with R7B(OAIk)2, where each AIk is independently C1-7 alkyl or together with the oxygen to which they are attached form a C5-7 heterocyclyl group. Use
The present invention provides active compounds, specifically, active in inhibiting the activity of mTOR.
The term "active" as used herein, pertains to compounds which are capable of inhibiting mTOR activity, and specifically includes both compounds with intrinsic activity (drugs) as well as prodrugs of such compounds, which prodrugs may themselves exhibit little or no intrinsic activity.
One assay which may. conveniently be used in order to assess the mTOR inhibition offered by a particular compound is described in the examples below.
The present invention further provides a method of inhibiting the activity of mTOR in a cell, comprising contacting said cell with an effective amount of an active compound, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition. Such a method may be practised in vitro or in vivo.
For example, a sample of cells may be grown in vitro and an active compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed. As examples of "effect", the inhibition of cellular growth in a certain time or the accumulation of cells in the Gl phase of the cell cycle over a certain time may be determined. Where the active compound is found to exert an influence on the cells, this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
The term "treatment", as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g. in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e. prophylaxis) is also included.
The term "adjunct" as used herein relates to the use of active compounds in conjunction with known therapeutic means. Such means include cytotoxic regimes of drugs and/or ionising radiation as used in the treatment of different cancer types. Examples of adjunct anti-cancer agents that could be combined with compounds from the invention include, but are not limited to, the following: alkylating agents: nitrogen mustards, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan, chlorambucil: Nitrosoureas: carmustine (BCNU), lomustine (CCNU), semustine (methyl-CCNU), ethylenimine/methylmelamine, thriethylenemelamine (TEM), triethylene thiophosphoramide (thiotepa), hexamethylmelamine (HMM, altretamine): Alkyl sufonates; busulfan; Triazines, dacarbazine (DTIC): Antimetabolites; folic acid analogs, methotrexate, trimetrexate, pyrimidine analogs, 5-fluorouracil, fluorodeoxyuridine, gemcitabine, cytosine arabinoside (AraC, cytarabine), 5-azacytidine, 2,2'-difluorodeoxycytidine: Purine analogs; 6- mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, azathioprine, 2'-deoxycoformycin (pentostatin, erythrohydroxynonyladenine (EHNA), fludarabine phosphate, 2-Chlorodeoxyadenosine (cladribine, 2-CdA): Topoisomerase I inhibitors; camptothecin, topotecan, irinotecan, rubitecan: Natural products; antimitotic drugs, paclitaxel, vinca alkaloids, vinblastine (VLB), vincristine, vinorelbine, Taxotere™ (docetaxel), estramustine, estramustine phosphate; epipodophylotoxins, etoposide, teniposide: Antibiotics; actimomycin D, daunomycin (rubidomycin), doxorubicin (adriamycin), mitoxantrone, idarubicin, bleomycins, plicamycin (mithramycin), mitomycin C, dactinomycin: Enzymes; L-asparaginase, RNAse A: Biological response modifiers; interferon-alpha, IL-2, G-CSF, GM-CSF: Differentiation Agents; retinoic acid derivatives: Radiosensitizers;, metronidazole, misonidazole, desmethylmisonidazole, pimonidazole, etanidazole, nimorazole, RSU 1069, EO9, RB 6145, SR4233, nicotinamide, 5- bromodeozyuridine, 5-iododeoxyuridine, bromodeoxycytidine: Platinium coordination complexes; cisplatin, carboplatin: Anthracenedione; mitoxantrone, AQ4N Substituted urea, hydroxyurea; Methylhydrazine derivatives, N-methylhydrazine (MIH), procarbazine;
Adrenocortical suppressant, mitotane (cψ'-DDD), aminoglutethimide: Cytokines; interferon
(α, β, γ), interleukin; Hormones and antagonists; adrenocorticosteroids/antagonists, prednisone and equivalents, dexamethasone, aminoglutethimide; Progestins, hydroxyprogesterone caproate, medroxyprogesterone acetate, megestrol acetate; Estrogens, diethylstilbestrol, ethynyl estradiol/equivalents; Antiestrogen, tamoxifen; Androgens, testosterone propionate, fluoxymesterone/equivalents; Antiandrogens, flutamide, gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogs, leuprolide; Nonsteroidal antiandrogens, flutamide; EGFR inhibitors, VEGF inhibitors; Proteasome inhibitors.
Active compounds may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit mTOR, for example, in order to sensitize cells to known chemotherapeutic agents or ionising radiation treatments in vitro.
Active compounds may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
Cancer
The present invention provides active compounds which are anticancer agents or adjuncts for treating cancer. One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound treats a cancerous condition for any particular cell type, either alone or in combination.
Examples of cancers include, but are not limited to, lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma and leukemias.
Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal
(including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney
(renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin. The anti cancer treatment defined hereinbefore may be applied as a sole therapy or may involve, in addition to the compound of the invention, conventional surgery or radiotherapy or chemotherapy. Such chemotherapy may include one or more of the following categories of anti-tumour agents:-
(i) other antiproliferative/antineoplastic drugs and combinations thereof, as used in medical oncology, such as alkylating agents (for example cis platin, oxaliplatin, 5 carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, melphalan, chlorambucil, busulphan, temozolamide and nitrosoureas); antimetabolites (for example gemcitabine and antifolates such as fluoropyrimidines like 5 fluorouracil and tegafur, raltitrexed, methotrexate, cytosine arabinoside, and hydroxyurea); antitumour antibiotics (for example anthracyclines like adriamycin, bleomycin, doxorubicin, daunomycin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mitomycin-C,
10 dactinomycin and mithramycin); antimitotic agents (for example vinca alkaloids like vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and vinorelbine and taxoids like taxol and taxotere and polokinase inhibitors); and topoisomerase inhibitors (for example epipodophyllotoxins like etoposide and teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan and camptothecin);
(ii) cytostatic agents such as antioestrogens (for example tamoxifen, fulvestrant,
15 toremifene, raloxifene, droloxifene and iodoxyfene), antiandrogens (for example bicalutamide, flutamide, nilutamide and cyproterone acetate), LHRH antagonists or LHRH agonists (for example goserelin, leuprorelin and buserelin), progestogens (for example megestrol acetate), aromatase inhibitors (for example as anastrozole, letrozole, vorazole and exemestane) and inhibitors of 5* -reductase such as finasteride;
20 (iii) anti-invasion agents (for example c-Src kinase family inhibitors like 4-(6- chloro-2,3-methylenedioxyanilino)-7-[2-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethoxy]-5-tetrahydropyran- 4-yloxyquinazoline (AZD0530; International Patent Application WO 01/94341) and N-(2- chloro-6-methylphenyl)-2-{6-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-l-yl]-2-methylpyrimidin-4- ylamino}thiazole-5-carboxamide (dasatinib, BMS-354825; J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47, 6658-
25 6661), and metalloproteinase inhibitors like marimastat, inhibitors of urokinase plasminogen activator receptor function or antibodies to Heparanase);
(iv) inhibitors of growth factor function: for example such inhibitors include growth factor antibodies and growth factor receptor antibodies (for example the anti erbB2 antibody trastuzumab [Herceptin™], the anti-EGFR antibody panitumumab, the anti erbBl
30 antibody cetuximab [Erbitux, C225] and any growth factor or growth factor receptor antibodies disclosed by Stern et al. Critical reviews in oncology/haematology, 2005, Vol. 54, pp 11-29); such inhibitors also include tyrosine kinase inhibitors, for example inhibitors of the epidermal growth factor family (for example EGFR family tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-methoxy-6-(3-morpholinopropoxy)quinazolin-4-amme (gefitinib, ZDl 839), N-(3-ethynylphenyl)-6,7-bis(2-methoxyethoxy)quinazolin-4-amine (erlotinib, OSI 774) and 6-acrylamido-N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-(3- morpholinopropoxy)-quinazolin-4-amme (CI 1033), erbB2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as lapatinib, inhibitors of the hepatocyte growth factor family, inhibitors of the platelet-derived growth factor family such as imatinib, inhibitors of serine/threonine kinases (for example Ras/Raf signalling inhibitors such as farnesyl transferase inhibitors, for example sorafenib (BAY 43-9006)), inhibitors of cell signalling through MEK and/or AKT kinases, inhibitors of the hepatocyte growth factor family, c-kit inhibitors, abl kinase inhibitors, IGF receptor (insulin-like growth factor) kinase inhibitors; aurora kinase inhibitors (for example AZDl 152, PH739358, VX-680, MLN8054, R763, MP235, MP529, VX-528 AND AX39459) and cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors such as CDK2 and/or CDK4 inhibitors;
(v) antiangiogenic agents such as those which inhibit the effects of vascular endothelial growth factor, [for example the ami vascular endothelial cell growth factor antibody bevacizumab (Avastin™) and VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as 4- (4-bromo-2-fluoroanilino)-6-methoxy-7-(l-methylpiperidin-4-ylmethoxy)quinazoline (ZD6474; Example 2 within WO 01/32651), 4-(4-fluoro-2-methylindol-5-yloxy)-6-methoxy- 7-(3-pyrrolidin-l-ylproρoxy)quinazoline (AZD2171; Example 240 within WO 00/47212), vatalanib (PTK787; WO 98/35985) and SUl 1248 (sunitinib; WO 01/60814), compounds such as those disclosed in International Patent Applications WO97/22596, WO 97/30035, WO 97/32856 and WO 98/13354 and compounds that work by other mechanisms (for example linomide, inhibitors of integrin avb3 function and angiostatin)];
(vi) vascular damaging agents such as Combretastatin A4 and compounds disclosed in International Patent Applications WO 99/02166, WO 00/40529, WO 00/41669, WO 01/92224, WO 02/04434 and WO 02/08213;
(vii) antisense therapies, for example those which are directed to the targets listed above, such as ISIS 2503, an anti-ras antisense;
(viii) gene therapy approaches, including for example approaches to replace aberrant genes such as aberrant p53 or aberrant BRCAl or BRCA2, GDEPT (gene directed enzyme pro drug therapy) approaches such as those using cytosine deaminase, thymidine kinase or a bacterial nitroreductase enzyme and approaches to increase patient tolerance to chemotherapy or radiotherapy such as multi drug resistance gene therapy; and
(ix) immunotherapy approaches, including for example ex vivo and in vivo approaches to increase the immunogenicity of patient tumour cells, such as transfection with cytokines such as interleukin 2, interleukin 4 or granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor, approaches to decrease T cell anergy, approaches using transfected immune cells such as cytokine transfected dendritic cells, approaches using cytokine transfected tumour cell lines and approaches using anti idiotypic antibodies. Administration The active compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the active compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/ peripherally or at the site of desired action, including but not limited to, oral (e.g. by ingestion); topical (including e.g. transdermal, intranasal, ocular, buccal, and sublingual); pulmonary (e.g. by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g. an aerosol, e.g. through mouth or nose); rectal; vaginal; parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular, subarachnoid, and intrasternal; by implant of a depot, for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly. The subject may be a eukaryote, an animal, a vertebrate animal, a mammal, a rodent
(e.g. a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g. a mouse), canine (e.g. a dog), feline (e.g. a cat), equine (e.g. a horse), a primate, simian (e.g. a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g. marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g. gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang, gibbon), or a human. Formulations While it is possible for the active compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical composition (e.g., formulation) comprising at least one active compound, as defined above, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, excipients, diluents, fillers, buffers, stabilisers, preservatives, lubricants, or other materials well known to those skilled in the art and optionally other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
Thus, the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one active compound, as defined above, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, buffers, adjuvants, stabilisers, or other materials, as described herein.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" as used herein pertains to compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of a subject (e.g. human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier, excipient, etc. must also be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation. Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts. See, for example, refs. 27 to 29.
The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active compound with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active compound with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then if necessary shaping the product.
Formulations may be in the form of liquids, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, elixirs, syrups, tablets, lozenges, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, suppositories, pessaries, ointments, gels, pastes, creams, sprays, mists, foams, lotions, oils, boluses, electuaries, or aerosols.
Formulations suitable for oral administration (e.g., by ingestion) may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of the active compound; as a powder or granules; as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion; as a bolus; as an electuary; or as a paste.
A tablet may be made by conventional means, e.g. compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g. povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g. lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g. magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g. sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); and preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, sorbic acid). Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach. Formulations suitable for topical administration (e.g. transdermal, intranasal, ocular, buccal, and sublingual) may be formulated as an ointment, cream, suspension, lotion, powder, solution, past, gel, spray, aerosol, or oil. Alternatively, a formulation may comprise a patch or a dressing such as a bandage or adhesive plaster impregnated with active compounds and optionally one or more excipients or diluents. Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include losenges comprising the active compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active compound in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active compound in a suitable liquid carrier. Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active compound.
Formulations suitable for nasal administration, wherein the carrier is a solid, include a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose. Suitable formulations wherein the carrier is a liquid for administration as, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the active compound. Formulations suitable for administration by inhalation include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as diclilorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
Formulations suitable for topical administration via the skin include ointments, creams, and emulsions. When formulated in an ointment, the active compound may optionally be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active compounds may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in- water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane- 1 ,3 -diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
When formulated as a topical emulsion, the oily phase may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifϊer(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulphate. The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low. Thus the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di- isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate. Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection, including cutaneous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal), include aqueous and non-aqueous isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents, and liposomes or other microparticulate systems which are designed to target the compound to blood components or one or more organs. Examples of suitable isotonic vehicles for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection. Typically, the concentration of the active compound in the solution is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 μg/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 μg/ml. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets. Formulations may be in the form of liposomes or other microparticulate systems which are designed to target the active compound to blood components or one or more organs. Dosage
It will be appreciated that appropriate dosages of the active compounds, and compositions comprising the active compounds, can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects of the treatments of the present invention. The selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, and the age, sex, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient. The amount of compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, although generally the dosage will be to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
Administration in vivo can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician.
In general, a suitable dose of the active compound is in the range of about 100 μg to about 250 mg per kilogram body weight of the subject per day. Where the active compound is a salt, an ester, prodrug, or the like, the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
In addition to their use in therapeutic medicine, the compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are also useful as pharmacological tools in the development and standardisation of in vitro and in vivo test systems for the evaluation of the effects of inhibitors of mTor in laboratory animals such as cats, dogs, rabbits, monkeys, rats and mice, as part of the search for new therapeutic agents.
In the above other pharmaceutical composition, process, method, use and medicament manufacture features, the alternative and preferred embodiments of the compounds of the invention described herein also apply. Examples
General Experimental Methods
Thin Layer chromatography was carried out using Merck Kieselgel 60 F254 glass backed plates. The plates were visualized by the use of a UV lamp (254 nm). Silica gel 60 (particle sizes 40-63 μm) supplied by E.M.Merck was employed for flash chromatography. 1H NMR spectra were recorded at 300 MHz on a Bruker DPX-300 instrument. Chemical shifts were referenced relative to tetramethylsilane. Purification of samples
The samples were purified on Gilson LC units. Mobile phase A - 0.1 % aqueous TFA, mobile phase B - Acetonitrile; flow rate 6 ml/min; Gradient - typically starting at 90 % A/10 % B for 1 minute, rising to 97 % after 15 minutes, holding for 2 minutes, then back to the starting conditions. Column: Jones Chromatography Genesis 4μm, Cl 8 column, 10 mm X 250 mm. Peak acquisition based on UV detection at 254 nm. Identification of samples QC Method QC2-AQ
Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode. Mobile phase A - 0.1 % aqueous formic acid. Mobile phase B - 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 100 % A/0 % B for 1 minute, rising to 95 % B after 7 minutes and holding for 2 minutes before returning to the starting conditions. Column: Varies, currently Genesis AQ 120A 4u 50mm X 4.6mm, Hichrom Ltd. PDA detection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.
QC Method QC2-Long
Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode. Mobile phase A - 0.1 % aqueous formic acid. Mobile phase B - 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 95 % A/5 % B, rising to 95 % B after 20 minutes and holding for 3 minutes before returning to the starting conditions. Column: Varies, but always C18 50 mm X 4.6 mm (currently Genesis C18 4u 50mm X 4.6mm, Hichrom Ltd). PDA detection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.
QC Method QC2-QC
Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode. Mobile phase A - 0.1 % aqueous formic acid. Mobile phase B - 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 95 % A/5 % B, rising to 95 % B after 5 minutes and holding for 5 minutes before returning to the starting conditions. Column: Varies, but always Cl 8 50 mm X 4.6 mm (currently Genesis Cl 8 4μm 50 X 4.6 mm, Hichrom Ltd). PDA detection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.
5
QC Method QC3-AQ-Long
Mass spectra were recorded on a Waters ZQ instrument in Electrospray ionisation mode. Mobile phase A — 0.1 % aqueous formic acid. Mobile phase B — 0.1 % Formic acid in acetonitrile; Flowrate 2 ml/min; Gradient - starting at 100 % A/0 % B for 1 minute, rising to 10 95 % B after 20 minutes and holding for 5 minutes before returning to the starting conditions. Column: Varies, currently Genesis AQ 4μm 50mm X 4.6mm, Hichrom Ltd. PDA detection Waters 996, scan range 210-400 nm.
Examples Iu, 9a, 18bs, 18bv, 18bw, 18bx, 18by, 18bz, 18ca, 18cb, 18cc, 18cd, 18ce, 18cf, 18cg, 18ch, 18ci, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl5 18cm, 18dk, 18dl and 18dm were analysed using the 15 QC Method QC2- AQ.
Examples 12c, 12d, 13c, 13e, 13g, 14b, 15b, 18aa, 18ab, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18af, 18ag, 18ah, 18ai, 18aj, 18ak, 18al, 18am, 18an, 18ao, 18ap, 18aq, 18ar, 18as, 18at, 18au, 18az, 18bc, 18bl, 18bm, 18bt, 18bu, 18cn, 18co, 18cp, 18cq, 18cr, 18cs, 18ct, 18cu, 18cv, 18cw,
20 18cx, 18cy, 18cz, 18da, 18db, 18dc, 18df, 18dj, 181, 18o, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18w, 18x, 18y, 18z, 19a, 19b, 19c, 19d, 19e, 19f, 19g, 19h, 19i, 19j, 19k, 191, 19m, 19n, 19o, Ia, laa, lab, lac, lad, lae, laf, lag, lah, lai, lak, las, lau, laz, lbb, lcq, let, ldg, lee, Ig, Ii, Im, Iw, Ix, Iy, Iz, 21a, 3a, 3ac, 3b, 3c, 3d, 3e, 3f, 3g, 3h, 3i, 3j, 3v, 3w, 3x, 3y, 3z, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 4p, 6a, comparative of Example Ic, comparative of Example Ij and comparative
25 of Example Ik were analysed using the QC Method QC2-Long.
Examples 10a, 11a, 12a, 12b, 12e, 13a, 13b, 13d, 13f, 14a, 15a, 15c, 16a, 17a, 18a, 18av, 18aw, 18ax, 18ay, 18b, 18ba, 18bb, 18bd, 18be, 18bf, 18bg, 18bh, 18bi, 18bj, 18bk, 18bn, 18bo, 18bp, 18bq, 18br, 18c, 18d, 18dd, 18de, 18dg, 18dh, 18di, 18dn, 18do, 18e, 18f, 30 18g, 18h, 18i, 18j, 18k, 18m, 18n, 19p, 19q, 19r, 19s, 19t, 19u, 19v, 19w, 19x, laj, IaI, lam, Ian, lao, lap, laq, lar, lat, lav, law, lax, lay, Ib, lba, lbc, lbe, lbf, lbg, lbh, lbi, lbj, lbk, IbI, lbm, lbn, lbo, lbp, lbq, lbr, lbs, lbt, lbu, lbv, lbw, lbx, lby, lbz, Ic, lea, lcb, Ice, led, Ice, lcf, leg, lch, lei, lcj, lck, IcI, lcm, lcn, lco, lcp, lcr, lcs, leu, lev, lew, lex, Icy, lcz, Id, Ida, ldb, ldc, ldd, lde, ldf, ldh, ldi, ldj, Idk, IdI, ldm, ldn, ldo, ldp, ldq, ldr, Ids, ldt, ldu, ldv, ldw, ldx, ldy, ldz, Ie, lea, leb, led, lee, If, Ih, Ij, Ik, 11, In, lo, Ip, Iq, Ir, Is, It, Iv, 20a, 20b, 20c, 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 2e, 2f, 2g, 2h, 2i, 2j, 3aa, 3ab, 3ad, 3k, 31, 3m, 3n, 3o, 3p, 3q, 3r, 3s, 3t, 3u, 4a, 4aa, 4ab, 4ac, 4ad, 4ae, 4af, 4ag, 4ah, 4ai, 4aj, 4ak, 4al, 4am, 4an, 4ao, 4ap, 4aq, 4ar, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4av, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4b, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, 4g, 4h, 4i, 4q, 4r, 4s, 4t, 4u, 4v, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5f, 5g, 5h, 5i, 5j, 5k, 51, 5m, 5n, 5o, 5p, 5q, 5r, 5s, 5t, 5u, 5v, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 7a, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7e, 7f, 7g, 7h, 7i, 7j, 7k, 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, comparative of Example Ia and comparative of Example Ib, were analysed using the QC Method QC2-QC.
Examples 18p and lbd were analysed using the QC Method QC3-AQ-Long.
Microwave synthesis
Reactions were carried out using a Personal Chemistry™ Emrys Optimiser microwave synthesis unit with robotic arm. Power range between. 0-300 W at 2.45 GHz. Pressure range between 0-20 bar; temperature increase between 2-5°C/sec; temp range 60-2500C.
General procedure for the synthesis of 2,4,7-substituted pyridopyrimidine derivatives:
Figure imgf000099_0001
*2-amino-6- chloronicotinic acid - X=N, Y=C, Z=C *3-amino-chloroisonicotinic acid - X=C, Y=N, Z=C *3-Amino-chloropyridine-2-carboxylic acid - X=C, Y=C, Z=N
a) NH3, 14 bar; b) (i) SOCl2, THF, r.t, (ii) NH3 c) Oxalyl chloride, Toluene, Δ; d) DIPEA, POCl3, Toluene or Anisole, Δ;e) Appropriate amine, diisopropylethylamine, CH2Cl2 or Anisole; f) Appropriate amine, diiosopropylethyl amine, DMA, 700C;
Figure imgf000100_0001
To the appropriate amino acid (1 equiv) was added liquid ammonia (sufficient to make a 0.6M solution of substrate in ammonia). The suspension was sealed in a pressure vessel which was then heated slowly to 130 0C. It was noted that at this temperature a pressure of 18 bar was observed. This . temperature and pressure was maintained for a further 16 hours whereupon the mixture was cooled to room temperature. The pressure vessel was opened and the reaction poured into ice cold water (1 reaction volume). The resulting solution was acidified to pH 1-2 using concentrated HCl which caused a precipitate to form. The acidic mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred like this for a further 30 min The suspension was then extracted with diethyl ether (3 X 400 ml). The combined organic extracts were then filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a white solid which was dried further over P2O5 to give the title compound (typically 80-90 % yield and 90 %+ pure) in suitably pure form to be used without any further purification.
2-amino-6-chloronicotinic acid - X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (90 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5 ESP): 173 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.63 min
Figure imgf000101_0001
To a 0.3 M solution of amino acid (1 equiv) in anhydrous THF, under an inert atmosphere, was added thionyl chloride (3.3 equiv) in a dropwise fashion. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After this time the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to give a crude yellow solid residue. The crude solid was dissolved in THF (equal to initial reaction volume) and concentrated in vacuo again to give a yellow solid residue. The residue was dissolved once more in THF and concentrated as before to give a solid residue which was then dissolved in THF (to give a solution of 0.3M) and ammonia gas bubbled through the solution for 1 hour. The resultant precipitate was removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow precipitate which was triturated with water at 50 0C then dried to give the title compound (typically 90-95 %) yield and suitably clean enough to be used without any further purification.
2-Amino-6-chloronicotinamide - X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (92 % yield, 93 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 172 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.19 min
Figure imgf000101_0002
To a stirred solution (0.06 M) of substrate (1 equiv) in anhydrous toluene under an inert atmosphere was added oxalyl chloride (1.2 equiv) in a dropwise manner. The resulting mixture was then heated to reflux (115 0C) for 4 hours whereupon it was cooled and stirred for a further 16 hours. The crude reaction mixture was then concentrated to half its volume in vacuo and filtered to give the desired product in suitably pure form to be used without any further purification. 7-Chloro-lH-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-dione- X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (95 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 196 [M-H]" R/T = 3.22 min
Figure imgf000102_0001
To a stirred 0.5 M suspension of the appropriate dione (1 equiv) in anhydrous toluene under an inert atmosphere was slowly added diisopropylethylamine (3 equiv). The reaction mixture was then heated to 70 0C for 30 minutes and then cooled to room temperature prior to the addition of POCl3 (3 equiv). The reaction was then heated to 100 0C for 2.5 hours before being cooled and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude slurry which was then suspended in EtOAc and filtered through a thin pad of Celite™. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a brown, oil which was dissolved in CH2Cl2 and stirred over silica gel for 30 minutes. After this time the silica was removed by filtration, the filtrate concentrated and the crude residue purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) to give the title compound in analytically pure form.
2,4,7-Trichloro-ρyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine- X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (48 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 234 [M+H]+ R/T = 4.21 min
Figure imgf000102_0002
To a cooled (0-5 0C) stirred solution (0.1 M) of the appropriate trichloro-substrate (1 equiv) in CH2Cl2 was added diisopropylethylamine (1 equiv) in a drop wise fashion. The appropriate amine (1 equiv) was then added to the reaction mixture portionwise over the period of 1 hour. The solution was maintained at room temperature with stirring for a further 1 hour before the mixture was washed with water (2x1 reaction volume). The aqueous extracts were combined and extracted with CH2Cl2 (2x1 reaction volume). The organic extracts were then combined, dried (sodium sulphate), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an oily residue which solidified upon prolonged drying. The solid was triturated with diethylether and then filtered and the cake washed with cold diethyl ether to leave the title compound in suitable clean form to be used without any further purification.
2,7-DichloiO-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine - Rl= morpholine, X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (92 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 285 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.90 min
2,7-Dichloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine - Rl= (S)-3-Methyl- morpholine, X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (87 % yield, 92 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 301 [M+H]+ R/T = 4.13 min
2,7-Dichloro-4-((R)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine - Rl= (R)-3-Methyl- morpholine: (99 % yield, 94 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 301 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.49 min
Alternatively, to a stirred 0.47 M suspension of the appropriate dione (1 equiv) in anhydrous anisole under an inert atmosphere was added POCl3 (2.6 equiv). The mixture was heated to 55 0C and then diisopropylethylamine (2.6 equiv) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was then heated to 85-90 0C for 30 minutes. Water was added in portions (0.15 equiv), and the reaction mixture was held at 85-90 0C for a further 30 minutes. The reaction was cooled to 50 0C, and then 15% of the anisole solvent was removed by vacuum distillation. The mixtutre was then cooled to -5 0C and diisopropylethylamine (1.1 equiv) was added. A 4.9M solution of the appropriate amine (1.05 equiv) in anisole was then added to the reaction mixture continuously over a period of 1 hour. The solution was then warmed to 30 0C and the reaction monitored by HPLC until reation completion.
One third of the resulting mixture from the above reaction was then added over lOmin to a stirred mixture of 1.95M aqueous potassium hydroxide (3.9 equiv) and z-butanol (6.9 equiv) at 60 0C. The stirring was stoped, the phases were allowed to separate, and the aqueous phase was removed. Stirring was resumed, and 1.95M aqueous potassium hydroxide (3.9 equiv) was added to the retained organic phase. The second third of the resulting reaction mixture from the reaction above was then added over lOmin at 60 0C. Again, stirring was stoped, the phases were allowed to separate, and the aqueous phase was removed. Stirring was resumed, and 1.95M aqueous potassium hydroxide (3.9 equiv) was added to the retained organic phase. The remaining third of the resulting reaction mixture from the reaction above was then added over lOmin at 60 0C. Again, stirring was stoped, the phases were allowed to separate, and the aqueous phase was removed. Water was then added to the organic phase with stirring, and the stirred mixture heated to 75 0C. Stirring was stoped, the phases were allowed to separate, and the aqueous phase was removed. The resulting organic phase was stirred and allowed to cool to 30 0C, and then as the mixture was heated to 60 0C heptane (11.5 equiv) was added over 20min when the mixture was around 40 0C. After being heated to 60 0C, the mixture was cooled over 2.5h to 10 0C. After 30min, the resulting slurry was filtered off, washed with a 10:1 heptane-.anisole mixture (2 x 1.4equiv) and then washed with heptane (2 x 1.4equiv). The solid was then dried in a vacuum oven at 50 0C to leave the title compound in suitable clean form to be used without any further purification.
Figure imgf000104_0001
To a solution (0.2 M) of the appropriate dichloro-substrate (1 equiv) in anhydrous dimethyl acetamide under an inert atmosphere was added diisopropylethylamine (1 equiv) followed by the appropriate amine (1 equiv). The resulting mixture was heated for 48 hours at 70 0C before being cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction was diluted with CH2Cl2 (1 reaction volume) and then washed with water (3x1 reaction volumes). The organic extract was concentrated in vacuo to give a syrup which was dissolved in EtOAc (1 reaction volume) and washed with saturated brine solution before being dried (sodium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, eluted with EtOAc:Hex (7:3) going to (1:1)) to give the title compound as a yellow solid that was suitably clean to be used without any further purification. 7-Chloro-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine - Rl= morpholine, R2=cis-dimethylmorpholine, X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (45 % yield, 85 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 348 [M+H]+ R/T = 4.16 min
7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine - Rl= (S)-3-Methyl-morpholine, R2=(S)-3-Methyl-morpholine, X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (71 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS3 ESP): 364 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.52 min
7-Chloro-2-(2-ethyl-piperidin-l-yl)-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidme - Rl = (S)-3-Methyl-morpholine, R2 = 2-Ethyl-piperidine, X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (51 % yield, 98 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 376 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.88 min
7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine, - Rl = (S)-3-Methyl-morpholine, R2 = morpholine, X=N, Y=C, Z=C: (72 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 350 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.45 min
7-Chloro-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyl-morpholm-4-yl)- 4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl- pyrido[2,3~d]pyrimidine - Rl= (S)-3-Methyl-morpholine, R2=cis-dirnethylmorpholine: (33 % yield) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 378 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.68 min
7-Chloro-4-((R)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((R)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ρyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine, - Rl = R2 = (R)-3-Methyl-morpholine: (48 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC- MS, ESP): 364 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.80 min
To a 0.33 M solution of 2,7-dichloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine (1 equiv) in N,N-dimethylacetamide was added Hunig's base (1 equiv) followed by the appropriate amine (1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was heated 400C for 1 hour. After this time the reaction was allowed to cool, diluted with EtOAc (1 reaction volume) and then washed with water (1 reaction volume). The aqueous fraction was removed and extracted further with EtOAc (2 X 1 reaction volume). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude oily residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using EtOAc/Hexanes as eluent which furnished the desired products in a suitably clean form.
7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholm-4-yl)-2-thiomoipholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine: (30 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5 ESP): 366.4[M+H]+ R/T = 3.00 min
7-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine:(32 % yield, 95 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 363.4[M+H]+ R/T = 2.37 min
Figure imgf000106_0001
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a toluene/ethanol (1:1) solution (0.02 M). Sodium carbonate (2 equiv) and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) were then added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.1 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Example 1:
Preparation of 2,4,7-substituted pyridopyrimidine Intermediates:
Procedures for the synthesis of 2-ChIoro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-7-aryIl- pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives
Figure imgf000106_0002
To a (0.1 M) solution of 2,7-dichloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ρyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine (1 equiv) in MeCN/H2O (1:1 mixture) was added the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and potassium carbonate (3 equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes before the addition of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium° (0.05 equiv). The reaction was degassed for a further 5 minutes before being heated to reflux under an inert atmosphere for 3 hours. Whereupon, it was concentrated in vacuo and the crude residue partitioned between CH2Cl2ZH2O. The organic fraction was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil which was further purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 as eluent.
Figure imgf000107_0001
3-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholm-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide: (27 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):384.3 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.13 min)
Figure imgf000107_0002
5-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2- ylamine: (93 % yield, 89 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):357 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.53 min)
Figure imgf000108_0001
2-Chloro-7-(4-chloro-phenyl)-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine: (80 % yield, 85 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):357.5 [M+H]+, R/T = 4.26 min)
Figure imgf000108_0002
{ 5- [2-Chloro-4-((R)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy- phenyl}-methanol: (97 % yield, 93 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):401 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.42 min)
Procedures for the synthesis of boronic ester:
Figure imgf000108_0003
5-bromo-2~methoxybenzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.1 M).
Bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv) were added and the mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. (1,1'" Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-dichloropalladium (0.05 equiv) was added and the mixture was degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 120 0C for 2 hours under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and filtered through Celite™. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a dark oil. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and the aqueous layer further extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a dark residue which was purified by flash column chromatography onto silica gel eluting with 0 to 30 % ethyl acetate in hexane.
Figure imgf000109_0001
2-Methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester: (77 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 293.5 [M+H]+ R/T = 4.24 min
Procedures for the synthesis of tetrazolyl boronic acids:
Figure imgf000109_0002
The appropriate cyanophenylpinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.67 M). Sodium azide (6 equiv) and ammonium chloride (6 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 120°C for 2.5 hours. After cooling down, the reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of ice water and EtOAc. Sodium nitrite was added and the aqueous phase was acidified by 6N HCl until pH 2. The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 min and then was extracted with EtOAc and n-butanol. Organic fractions were collected, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered off and concentrated in vacuo, to yield a crude residue which was further purified accordingly:
Figure imgf000109_0003
The crude residue was recrystallized from CH2Cl2 / hexane, obtaining the desired product as a white solid. [3-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]boronic acid: (15 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 191 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.49 min
Figure imgf000110_0001
The crude residue was recrystallized from CH2Cl2 / hexane, to give the desired product as a white solid.
[4-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]boronic acid: (64 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 191 [MH-H]+ R/T - 2.49 min
Figure imgf000110_0002
The residue was purified by reverse phase column using a gradient from 5 % to 20 % acetonitrile in 0.1 % formic acid/water solution, yielding the desired product.
[4-fluoro-3-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]boronic acid: (18 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,
ESP): 207 [M-H]- R/T = 2.51 min
Procedure for the synthesis of methanesulfonylamido boronic acid:
Figure imgf000110_0003
3-Amino-4-fluorophenylboronic acid (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.1 M). Methane sulphonyl chloride (10 equiv) and pyridine (1 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 70°C for 30 minutes. After cooling down, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, to yield a crude residue which was used without further purification.
Figure imgf000111_0001
3-(Methanesulfonylamino)-4-fluoro-phenylboronic acid: (51 % yield, 90 % purity) nVz (LC- MS, ESP): 232 [M-H]- R/T = 2.50 min
Procedure for the synthesis of 3~hydroxymethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [1 ,3>2] dioxaborolan-2-yl)-py ridin-2-ol
Figure imgf000111_0002
To a 0.18 M solution of 5-bromo-2-hydroxybenzyl alcohol (1 equiv) in dioxane was added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 equiv) and potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) followed by 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added and the misxture degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction was then heated to reflux under an inert atmosphere for 2 hours. Upon completion, the reaction was cooled, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using EtOAc/Hexanes - 1:1 as eluent to give the desired product.
3-Hydroxymethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-ol 6-Bromo-3H- pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one: (67 % yield, 94 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):251 [M-H]" R/T = 3.32 minutes) Procedure for the synthesis of 5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3- dihy dro-py rrolo [2,3-b] pyridin-2-one
Figure imgf000112_0001
To a 0.05 M solution of 5-bromo-l,3-dihydro-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-one (1 equiv) in dioxane was added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 eqiv) and potassium acetate (1.5 equiv) followed by l,r-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added and the mixture degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction was then heated to 120 0C under an inert atmosphere for 8 hours. Upon completion, the reaction was cooled, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using EtOAc/Hexanes — 4:1 as eluent to give the desired product.
5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3-dihydro-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-2-one: (68 % yield, 92 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):260 [M-H]- R/T = 3.52 minutes)
Procedure for the synthesis of 6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaboroIan-2-yl)-3H- pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one boronic ester
Figure imgf000112_0002
To a 1.2 M solution of 5-bromoanthranilic acid (1 equiv) in N,N-dimethylformamide was added formamidine acetate (1 equiv). The mixture was heated to reflux and stirred at this temperature for 16 hours. After this time, the reaction was cooled and NaHCO3 solution (5 % in H2O) (3 volumes) were carefully added and the mixture stirred vigorously. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and then washed with water (2 X 1 volume) and then t- butyl methylether (2 X 1 volume) before being dried in a vacuum oven to give the desired product which required no further purification.
6-Bromo-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyriniidin-4-one: (91 % yield, insert) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):225 [M- H]- R/T = 2.31 minutes)
To a (0.35M) solution of 6-bromo-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (1 equiv) in dioxane was added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.2 eqiv) and potassium acetate (1.5 equiv) followed by 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosρhino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added and the misxture degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction was then heated to reflux under an inert atmosphere for 16 hours. After this time, the mixture was cooled, filtered through Celite ™ and then partitioned between CH2Cl2/NaHCO3(aq) . The organic fraction was removed, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) 1:1- Hexanes:EtOAc going to neat EtOAc. The purified material was then dissolved in the minimum volume of CH2Cl2 and hexane added in order to precipitate the desired product as a whiter crystralline solid
6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaboiOlan-2-yl)-3H-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-one (15 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):Mass ion not observable, R/T = 3.30 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 7-(4,4,5,5-TetramethyI- [1,3,2] dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH- pyrido [2,3-b] [1 ,4] oxazin-2-one
Figure imgf000113_0001
To a 0.3 M solution of 7-bromo-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]oxazin-2-one (1 equiv) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.10 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes before the addition of PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) and degassing for a furthere 5 minutes. A condenser was attached to the reaction vessel and the mixture heated to reflux under an inert atmosphere for 16 hours. After this time, the reaction was cooled, filtered through Celite ™. The cake was washed CH2Cl2 and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo before being re-dissolved in EtOAc and washed with H2O and then saturated brine. The organic fraction was separated, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which was further purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using 1:1- EtOAc :Hexanes going to neat EtOAc as eluent to give the desired product.
7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrido[2,3-b][l,4]oxazin-2-one: (97 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):317 [M+H+MeCN]+, R/T = 3.72 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of Z-Methoxynicotinonitrile-S-boronic acid
Figure imgf000114_0001
To a cooled (-78 0C ) solution (0.25 M) of 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzonitrile in THF was added n-BuLi (1.10 equiv of a 2.5 M solution in hexanes) dropwise. The mixture was maintained at this temperature with stirring for 45 minutes before the addition of triisopropylborate (1.25 equiv). The reaction was then warmed to -20 0C before the addition of IN HCl (0.5 reaction volumes). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred like this for a further 20 minutes. After this time the mixture was diluted with H2O and then extracted with Et2O (3 X 4 reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions were then dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an off white solid which corresponded to the title compound
2-Methoxynicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid: (44 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5ESP): 177.0 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.87 min) Procedure for the synthesis of l-Ethoxynicotinonitrile-S-boronic acid
Figure imgf000115_0001
To a cooled (-78 0C ) solution (0.25 M) of 5-bromo-2-ethoxybenzonitrile in THF was added n-BuLi (1.10 equiv of a 2.5 M solution in hexanes) dropwise. The mixture was maintained at this temperature with stirring for 45 minutes before the addition of triisopropylborate (1.25 equiv). The reaction was then warmed to -20 0C before the addition of IN HCl (0.5 reaction volumes). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred like this for a further 20 minutes. After this time the mixture was diluted with H2O and then extracted with Et2O (3x4 reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions were then dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an off white solid which corresponded to the title compound.
2-Ethoxynicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid: (23 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5ESP): 191.0 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.09 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 2-IsopropoxynicotinonitriIe-5-boronic acid
Figure imgf000115_0002
To a cooled (-78 0C) solution (0.25 M) of 5-bromo-2-isopropoxy-nicotinonitrile in THF was added n-BuLi (1.10 equiv of a 2.5 M solution in hexanes) dropwise. The mixture was maintained at this temperature with stirring for 45 minutes before the addition of triisopropylborate (1.25 equiv). The reaction was then warmed to -20 0C before the addition of IN HCl (0.5 reaction volumes). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred like this for a further 20 minutes. After this time the mixture was diluted with H2O and then extracted with Et2O (3x4 reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions were then dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an off white solid which which was triturated with CH2Cl2 to give the desired compound.
2-Isopropoxy-nicotinonitrile-5-boronic acid: (100 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC- MS,ESP):204.2 [M+H]\ R/T = 3.25 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H- phthalazin-1-one
Figure imgf000116_0001
To a 3M solution of 5-bromo-2-formyl benzoic acid (1 equiv) in water was added hydrazine hydrate (5 equivs). The reaction was heated to 95 0C for 4 hours whereupon a white precipitate had formed in the mixture. The reaction was cooled, and filtered. The white solid material was washed with cold methanol and dried to give the desired product.
7-Bromo-2H-phthalazin-l-one: (73 % yield, 95 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):225.2 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.99 min)
Bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and 1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (0.05 equiv) were dissolved in dioxane. The mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes before the addition of PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv). The mixture was degassed for a further 5 minutes. The mixture was heated to reflux for 16 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. Water was added to the mixture before it was extracted with EtOAc (2 X 2 reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered aned concentrated in vacuo before being purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) neat hexanes going to 1 : 1 - Hexanes:EtOAc then neat EtOAc to give the desire product as a white crystalline solid.
7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H-phthalazin-l-one: (86 % yield, 92 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5ESP): 191.3 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.29 min) Procedure for the synthesis of 6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3- dihydro-isoindol-l-one:
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000117_0002
5-Bromo-2-methylbenzoic acid (1 equiv) was dissolved in a 1:9 MeOH/toluene mixture (0.1 M). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and a trimethylsilyldiazomethane (1.05 equiv) solution in diethylether (2M) was added slowly until a persistent yellow tinge was observed. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was sonicated in hexane, collected by vacuum filtration over a sintered funnel, dried and used without further purification. 5-Bromo-2-methyl~benzoic acid methyl ester: (99 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): no ionisation R/T = 4.43 min
Figure imgf000117_0003
To a solution of 5-Brorno-2-methyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) in chloroform (0.1 M) were added N-bromosuccinimide (1.2 equiv) and benzoyl peroxide (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 16 hours. It was then diluted with chloroform and a precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration on a sintered funnel. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The subsequent residue was purified by flash column chromatography onto silica gel eluting with DCM in hexane (0 to 20 %) to yield the desired product as a clear colourless oil.
5-Bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester: 80 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): no ionisation R/T = 4.40 min
Figure imgf000118_0001
A solution of 5-bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) in a 1:1 THF/MeOH mixture was treated by gentle bubbling of ammonia gas for 40 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in CH2Cl2 for 15 minutes then filtered to give the desired product as a white solid.
6-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-l-one: (98 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 212.3/214.3 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.98 min
Figure imgf000118_0002
To a solution of 6-bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-l-one (1 equiv) in dry dioxan (0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, which was degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 70°C for 2 hours under nitrogen then heated to 1200C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous phase was further extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in EtOAc, the suspension was filtered onto a sintered funnel and the collected grey solid was dried and used without further purification. 6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-l-one: (82 % yield, 29 % purity, main impurity being the boronic acid 43 %) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 519.5 [2M+H]+ R/T = 3.38 min Procedure for the synthesis of 7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4- dihydro-lH-benzo[e][l,4]diazepine-2,5-dione:
Figure imgf000119_0001
To a solution of 5-bromoisatoic anhydride (1 equiv) in water (1 M) was added glycine (1.4 equiv) and triethylamine (1 equiv) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours to give a cloudy solution. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Acetic acid was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 140°C for 4.5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down slowly to room temperature. A precipitate was formed. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether then filtered through a sintered funnel to yield the desired product.
7-Bromo-3,4-dihydro-lH-benzo[e][l,4]diazepine-2,5-dione: (75 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 255.2/257.2 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.67 min
Figure imgf000119_0002
To a solution of 7-bromo-3,4~dihydro-lH-benzo[e][l,4]diazepine-2,5-dione (1 equiv) in dry dioxan (0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, which was degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction was heated to 120 °C for 16 hours under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH2CVMeOH and water. The aqueous phase was further extracted with CH2Cl2MeOH. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in hexane/ CH2Cl2, filtered, sonicated in CH2Cl2 and filtered to yield the desired product.
7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3,4-dihydro-lH-benzo[e][l,4]diazepine-2,5- dione: (63 % yield, 85 % purity main impurity being the boronic acid 15 %) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 303.4 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.08 min
Figure imgf000120_0001
To a solution of 2-amino-4-bromobenzoic acid (1 equiv) in DMA (0.23 M), were added ammonium chloride (7 equiv), HBTU (1 equiv) and diisopropylethylamine (2 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature. DMA was evaporated and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography onto silica gel eluting with a gradient of TBME/hexane to yield the desired product as a white solid. 2-Amino-4-bromo-benzamide: 40 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 215 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.00 min
Figure imgf000120_0002
To a solution of 2-amino-4-bromo-benzamide (1 equiv) in DMA (0.14 M) were added triethyl orthoformate (10 equiv) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (160 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was filtered through a silica pad with 10 % methanol in ethyl acetate yielding the required product as a pale yellow solid. 7-Bromo-3H-quinazolin-4-one: (71 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 268 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.94 min
Figure imgf000121_0001
To a solution of 7-bromo-3H~quinazolin-4-one (1 equiv) in dioxane (0.04 M) were added bispinacolato diboron (2.2 equiv), potassium acetate (1.5 equiv), dppf (0.1 equiv) and PdCl2(dppf) (0.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 5 minutes, sonicated and stirred at 120°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was filtered through a Celite™ pad topped with silica with ethyl acetate. The mother liquor was concentrated in vacuo yielding a brown solid which was further purified by flash column chromatography onto silica gel eluting with a gradient of methanol/diethyl ether (0 to 5 %) to yield the desired product as a white solid.
7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaboiOlan-2-yl)-3H-quinazolin-4-one: (53 % yield, 61 % purity main impurity being the boronic acid 39 %) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): [M+H]+ R/T = min
Figure imgf000121_0002
To a solution of 6-bromo-2-oxindole (1 equiv) in NMP (0.05 M) were added bispinacolato diboron (2.4 equiv), potassium acetate (1.5 equiv), dppf (0.05 equiv) and PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 130°C for 3 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel eluting with EtOAc/hexane (9 / 1), yielding the desired product as a red solid. 6-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-l,3-dihydro-indol-2-one: (22 % yield, 51 % purity main impurity being the boronic acid 28 %) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 260 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.51 min Procedure for the synthesis of 5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3>2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3- dihydro-isoindol-1-one:
Figure imgf000122_0001
4-Bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester was prepared according to literature. A solution of 4-bromo-2-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) in a 1:1 THF/MeOH mixture was treated by gentle bubbling of ammonia gas for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was sonicated in water, filtered, then sonicated in diethylether and filtered to give the desired product as a white solid.
5-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-l-one: (81 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 212.3/214.3 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.06 min
Figure imgf000122_0002
To a solution of 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-l-one (1 equiv) in dry dioxan (0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 20 minutes. PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, which was degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was heated to 70°C for 2 hours under nitrogen then heated to 120°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous phase was further extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 and hexane was added. The resulting suspension was filtered and the collected brown powder was dried and used without further purification.
5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2,3-dihydro-isoindol-l-one: (94 % yield, 76 % purity, main impurity being the boronic acid 13 %) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 260.4 [2M+H]+ R/T = 3.51 min
Procedures for the preparation of Examples Ia to ldu
Figure imgf000123_0001
R4 = (S)-3-methyl-morpholine
R2 = (S)-3-methyl-morpholine or cis-dimethylmorpholine or 2-Ethyl-piperidine or morpholine or thiomorpholine or 4-methylpiperazine R7 = aryl or heteroaryl
Procedures for the Suzuki coupling:
The synthesis of the appropriate chloro-substrate has been described in the present document as intermediates. The appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acids were prepared according to synthesis described in the present document (as intermediates) or commercially available, typically from the following suppliers:
Sigma-Aldrich, Lancaster, Frontier Scientific, Boron Molecular, Interchim, Asymchem, Combi-blocks, Apollo Scientific, Fluorochem, ABCR, Digital Speciality Chemicals.
Conditions A: The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a toluene/ethanol (1:1) solution (0.02 M). Sodium carbonate (2 equiv) and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) were then added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.1 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions B:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.4 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in «-butanol (0.03 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 120 0C for 2 hours. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed through with CH2Cl2 and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions C: To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.4 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (150 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH2Cl2 and methanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions D:
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (1.2 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.2 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.083 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 25 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the sample was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a gradient MeOH/ CH2Cl2 to afford the desired product which was recrystallised from diethyl ether. Conditions E:
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.4 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.3 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 95 0C for 16 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between aqueous HCl and CH2Cl2 and washed with aqueous HCl. Combined aqueous phase were extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 x), neutralised with aqueous NaOH (2N) to give a cloudy solution that was extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 4 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product. Conditions F: To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.0 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.5 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.028 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 120 0C for 2 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 4 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product which was recrystallised from hexane/diethyl ether. Conditions G: To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.0 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.068 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 100 0C for 5 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 4 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired products which were recrystallised from hexane/ CH2Cl2. Conditions H: A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 1000C for 8 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions I:
Conditions I were similar to conditions H apart form the heating method: 1000C for 2 hours. Conditions J:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (1.2 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.2 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.03 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 1000C for 2 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions K: Conditions K were similar to conditions G apart form the heating method: 100 0C for 16 hours.
Conditions L:
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.10 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (100 0C, medium absorption setting) for 90 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partly concentrated. The residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and extracted with ethyl acetate and «-butanol. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 30 to 10 % hexane in ethyl acetate to give the desired product which was recrystallised from hexane/ CH2Cl2. Conditions M:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), cesium fluoride (3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.09 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 1150C for 48 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo to half original volume. The residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. Organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 100 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired product. Conditions N:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), tripotassium phosphate (1.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.05 equiv) and bis(tri-t- butylphosphine) palladium (0.05 equiv) was suspended in dioxane (0.16 M of chloro- substrate). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (170 0C, medium absorption setting) for 45 minutes. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 40 to 100 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired product. Conditions O:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in rø-butanol (0.068 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 95 0C for 15 minutes. Upon completion, the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and brine. Organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 30 to 100 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired product which was recrystallised from ethyl acetate/hexane. Conditions P:
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.0 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (2.0 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (120 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed through with CH2Cl2 and the concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions Q: A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) were dissolved in rø-butanol (0.056 M of chloro-substrate). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (150 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH2Cl2 and methanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate and then 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product. Conditions R:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.2 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.05 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 115 0C for 1.5 hours. Upon completion the crude reaction was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 5 to 20 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product. Conditions S: A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (10.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.2 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 100 0C for 2 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product which was recrystallised from hexane/ CH2Cl2. Conditions T:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (2.0 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) was dissolved in acetonitrile/water (0.02 M of chloro-substrate). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product. Conditions U:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.0 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 110 0C for 8 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 2 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product which was recrystallised from hexane/ CH2Cl2. Conditions V:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), cesium fluoride (3.0 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate) was stirred at 1000C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product which was recrystallised from hexane/CH2Cl2. Conditions W:
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) was dissolved in acetonitrile/water (0.04 M of chloro-substrate). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 2 % MeOH in TBME to give the desired product.
Table 1:
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Note:
The following examples were synthesized from the corresponding boronic acids: laa, lab, lac, lad, lae, laf, lag, lah, lai, laj, lak, IaI, lam, Ian, lao, lap, laq, las, lat, lau, lav, law, lax, lay, laz, lba, lbb, lbd, Ibe, lbk, IbI, lbm, lbn, Ibo, lbp, lbq, lbr, lbs, lbt, lbu, lbv, lbw, lbx, lby, lbz, lea, leb, Ice, led, lcf, leg, lch, lei, lcj, Id, Ie, If, Ig, Ih, Ii, Ij, Ik, In, lo, Ip, Ir, It, Iw, Ix, Iy lcn, lco, lcp, lcs, lev and Iz.
The following Examples were synthesized from the corresponding pinacolate boron esters: la-c, lck, IcI, lcm, lcq, lcr, let, leu, lar, lbf, Ice, Im, Iq, Is, Iu and Iv. 5
NMR data for Example In
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.88 (ArH, d, J = 2.20 Hz, IH), 8.55 (ArH, dd, J = 8.70, 2.45 Hz, IH), 8.04 (ArH, d, J = 8.43 Hz, IH), 7.42 (ArH, d, J = 8.44 Hz, IH), 6.88 (ArH, d, J = 8.70 Hz, IH), 5.01-4.90 (CH, m, IH), 4.65 (CH5 d, J = 13.12 Hz, IH), 4.40 (CH, d, J =
10 6.68 Hz, IH), 4.04 (OCH3 + CH2, s, 5H), 3.96-3.69 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.60 (CH, dt, J = 11.86, 11.60, 2.67 Hz, IH), 3.40 (CH, dt, J = 13.01, 12.73, 3.60 Hz, IH), 1.50 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.41, 165.29, 162.98, 160.10, 160.01, 146.58, 138.51, 134.81, 128.05, 112.42, 110.84, 104.75, 71.29, 70.92, 67.26, 66.92, 53.75, 52.87, 46.94,
15 44.43, 39.33, 14.73 and 14.36.
NMR data for Example Iu
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.80 (ArH, d, J = 1.91 Hz, IH), 8.39 (ArH, dd, J= 8.66,
2.39 Hz, IH), 7.96 (ArH, d, J = 8.48 Hz, IH), 7.35 (ArH, d, J = 8.49 Hz, IH), 6.59 (ArH, d, J 20 = 8.66 Hz, IH), 4.91 (CH, dd, J= 4.15, 1.62 Hz, IH), 4.78 (NH2, s, 2H), 4.67-4.55 (CH, m,
IH), 4.34 (CH, d, J = 6.88 Hz, IH), 4.04-3.91 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.90-3.64 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.62-
3.49 (CH2, m, IH), 3.44-3.29 (CH2, m, IH), 1.45 (CH3, d, J= 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH3, d, J =
6.82 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.54, 163.10, 160.45, 160.13, 159.45, 148.10, 137.82, 25 134.76, 125.17, 112.16, 108.45, 104.59, 71.44, 71.06, 67.41, 67.07, 52.98, 47.05, 44.56,
36.46, 14.84 and 14.75.
NMR data for Example lag
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.59 (ArH, dd, J = 7.33, 2.43 Hz, IH), 8.40 (ArH, ddd, J 30 = 8.53, 5.03, 2.47 Hz, IH), 7.97 (ArH, d, J = 8.42 Hz, IH), 7.42 (ArH, d, J = 8.46 Hz, IH), 7.20-7.10 (ArH, m, IH), 4.84 (CH, dd, J = 3.67, 2.96 Hz, IH), 4.53 (CH, d, J = 12.77 Hz, IH), 4.33 (CH2, d, J = 6.83 Hz, IH), 3.99-3.89 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.86-3.77 (CH2, m, 4H), 3.75- 3.65 (CH2, m, 5H), 3.67-3.32 (CH2, m, 3H), 3.57-3.45 (CH2, m, IH), 3.36-3.26 (CH2, m, IH), 1.42 (CH3, d, J= 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (CH3, d, J= 6.82 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.26, 164.26, 162.74, 160.29, 159.93, 135.52, 135.11, 133.47, 133.34, 130.89, 116.84, 116.51, 113.11, 105.11, 71.26, 70.91, 67.11, 66.91, 62.20, 5 52.79, 47.02, 44.46, 43.02, 39.36, 14.77 and 14.37.
NMR data for Example 1 aq
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.61 (ArH, t, J = 1.46, 1.46 Hz, IH), 8.33 (ArH, d, J =
7.84 Hz, IH), 8.06 (ArH, d, J = 8.37 Hz, IH), 7.90 (ArH, s, IH), 7.62 (ArH5 d, J = 7.84 Hz, 10 IH), 7.44 (ArH, d, J = 8.38 Hz, IH), 5.30 (CH2, s, IH), 4.97-4.84 (CH2, m, IH), 4.64-4.52
(CH2, m, IH), 4.45-4.34 (CH2, m, IH), 4.06-3.94 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.93-3.64 (CH2, m, 8H),
3.61-3.51 (CH2, m, IH), 3.45-3.30 (CH2, m, IH)5 3.19 (CH2, d, J= 4.84 Hz, 2H), 1.49 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (CH3, d, J = 6.82 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 160.22, 140.70, 140.01, 134.25, 131.82, 129.24, 128.02, 15 126.34, 113.12, 105.41, 104.65, 71.23, 70.87, 66.88, 61.03, 52.85, 47.04, 45.34, 44.42, 39.35,
14.78 and 14.38.
NMR data for Example lar
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.81-8.73 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.14-7.99 (ArH, m, 3H), 7.48 20 (ArH, d, J= 8.35 Hz, IH), 5.02-4.89 (CH, m, IH), 4.69-4.59 (CH2, m, IH), 4.41 (CH, d, J =
6.84 Hz, IH), 4.08-3.96 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.82 (H2, dddd, J = 19.69, 14.05, 6.26, 3.77 Hz, 7H),
3.65-3.53 (CH2, m, IH), 3.48-3.31 (CH2, m, IH), 1.51 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (CH3, d, J= 6.83 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.29, 162.96, 160.03, 159.82, 150.36, 145.80, 135.20, 25 121.83, 113.02, 105.93, 71.24, 70.87, 67.21, 66.87, 52.88, 46.99, 44.45, 39.35, 14.76 and
14.41.
NMR Data for Example las
1H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl3) δ ppm 8.67 (ArH, t, J = 1.54, 1.54 Hz, IH), 8.29 (ArH, dd, J = 30 6.60, 1.28 Hz, IH), 8.07 (ArH, d, J = 8.41 Hz, IH), 8.03-7.98 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.62-7.49 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.98-4.89 (CH, m, br, IH), 4.67-4.59 (CH, m, br, IH), 4.41 (CH, d, J = 6.78 Hz, IH), 4.05-3.66 (CH2, m, 10H), 3.64-3.34 (CH2, m, 3H), 1.75 (s, 1.5H)5 1.50 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (CH3, d, J= 6.82 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 168.86, 165.34, 162.90, 161.21, 160.01, 138 97, 135.00, 133.74, 131.09, 129.23, 128.98, 126.52, 113.20, 105.20, 100.00, 71.23, 70.89, 67.22, 66.90, 5 52.82, 46.97, 44.45, 39.34, 14.75 and 14.36
NMR data for Example lat
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.06 (ArH, d, J = 2.05 Hz, IH), 7.98 (ArH, d, J = 8.41
Hz, IH), 7.86-7.79 (ArH, m, IH), 7.46-7.33 (ArH, m, 3H), 7.23 (NH, s, IH), 4.83 (CH, dd, J 10 = 3.58, 2.50 Hz, IH), 4.56-4.46 (CH, m, IH), 4.32 (CH, d, J= 6.74 Hz, IH), 3.93-3.89 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.88-3.77 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.76-3.58 (CH2, m, 5H), 3.49 (CH2, dt, J = 11.76, 11.38,
2.76 Hz, IH), 3.35-3.20 (CH2, m, IH), 2.89 (SCH3, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH3, d, J= 6.78 Hz, 3H),
1.27 (CH3, d, J = 5.25, Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.32, 162.87, 161.30, 159.96, 140.41, 137.57, 135.01, 15 129.92, 124.55, 122.25, 120.57, 113.32, 105.24, 71.25, 70.90, 67.22, 66.91, 52.86, 46.99,
44.42, 39.40, 31.60, 22.66, 14.77 and 14.12.
NMR data for Example lax
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.88 (ArH, t, J = 1.52, 1.52 Hz, IH), 8.32-8.25 (ArH, m,
20 IH), 8.13-8.06 (ArH, m, IH), 7.99 (ArH, d, J = 8.42 Hz, IH), 7.53-7.39 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.90- 4.80 (CH, m, IH), 4.58-4.48 (CH5 m, IH), 4.33 (CH, d, J = 6.90 Hz, IH), 3.95-3.65 (CH2, + OH m, 8H), 3.64 (CH2, d, J = 2.85 Hz, 2H), 3.56-3.45 (CH, m, IH)5 3.31 (CH, d, J = 3.67 Hz, IH), 1.42 (CH3, d, J= 6.79 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 169.20, 165.22, 161.32, 159.85, 139.91, 135.01, 131.39,
25 129.70, 128.71, 113.31, 70.90, 67.10, 52.80, 47.07, 44.42, 39.36, 14.77 and 14.37.
NMR data for Example laz
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.04-7.95 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.87 (ArH, d, J = 8.54 Hz, IH), 7.32 (ArH, d, J= 8.55 Hz, IH), 6.71-6.64 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.92-4.81 (CH, m, IH), 4.57 (CH, d, 30 br, IH), 4.29 (CH2, d, J = 7.10 Hz, IH), 3.91 (CH2, m, 2H)5 3.82-3.58 (CH2 + NH2, m, 9H), 3.48 (CH2, dd, J = 11.36, 2.76 Hz, IH), 3.33 (CH2, dd, J = 13.48, 3.61 Hz, IH), 1.39 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (CH3, d, J = 6.82 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.28, 162.18, 148.68, 135.36, 129.54, 119.67, 114.75, 112.63, 104.43, 104.00, 71.29, 70.94, 67.27, 67.12, 66.95, 52.78, 44.45, 39.15, 14.74 and 14.37.
5 NMR data for Example lba
1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.69 (ArH, t, J= 1.58, 1.58 Hz, IH), 8.44-8.33 (ArH, m, IH), 8.11-8.03 (ArH, m, IH), 7.99 (ArH, d, J= 8.42 Hz, IH), 7.57-7.38 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.87 (CH2, dd, J = 4.84, 0.43 Hz, IH), 4.57 (CH, d, J = 12.80 Hz, IH), 4.31 (CH2, t, J = 6.72, 6.72 Hz, IH), 3.94 (CH2, dd, J = 11.15, 3.26 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (OCH3, d, J= 6.23 Hz, 3H), 3.83 -
10 3.62 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.57-3.45 (CH2, m, IH), 3.39-3.24 (CH2, m, IH), 1.42 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) 5 ppm 166.92, 165.41, 162.93, 161.43, 161.01, 139.13, 134.91, 132.51, 130.87, 130.57, 128.87, 113.26, 105.16, 71.29, 70.91, 67.25, 66.91, 52.86, 52.18, 46.96, 44.45, 14.77 and 14.37.
15
NMR data for Example lbc
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.37 (ArH, dd, J = 7.40, 2.26 Hz, IH), 8.20 (ArH, d, J = 8.50 Hz, IH), 8.14-8.05 (ArH, m, IH), 7.62 (ArH, d, J= 8.51 Hz, IH), 7.29 (ArH, dd, J = 9.77, 8.71 Hz, IH), 5.42 (CH, X, J= 5.76, 5.76 Hz, IH), 4.77 (CH, dd, J= 6.57, 1.98 Hz, IH),
20 4.65 (CH2OH, d, J = 5.67 Hz, 2H), 4.51-4.37 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.98-3.83 (CH2, m, 3H), 3.80- 3.70 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.69-3.56 (CH2, m, 4H), 3.45 (CH2, dt, J = 11.86, 11.77, 2.75 Hz, IH), 3.30- 3.16 (CH2, m, 3H), 1.38 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz5 DMSO) δ ppm 164.91, 162.60, 160.18, 159.82, 136.10, 134.86, 130.19, 129.99, 128.61, 128.27, 128.15, 115.85, 115.57, 113.00, 104.80, 70.89, 70.66, 66.84, 66.67,
25 52.29, 46.76, 44.34, 14.84 and 14.34.
NMR data for Example lbd
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.63 (ArH, t, J = 1.49, 1.49 Hz, IH), 8.26 (ArH, d, J = 7.95 Hz, IH), 8.17 (ArH, d, J= 8.46 Hz, IH), 7.91-7.80 (ArH, m, IH), 7.62 (ArH, dd, J = 30 14.96, 8.10 Hz, 2H), 7.37 (NH2, s, 2H), 4.69 (CH, dd, J= 6.21, 1.34 Hz, IH), 4.35 (CH2 , d, J = 13.74 Hz, 2H), 3.91-3.74 (CH2, m, 3H), 3.73-3.46 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.36 (CH2, dt, J= 11.82, 11.71, 2.49 Hz, IH), 2.41 (CH2, td, J = 3.46, 1.69, 1.69 Hz, IH), 1.30 (CH3, d, J = 6.74 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (CH3, d, J= 6.75 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz ) δ ppm 164.85, 162.63, 159.86, 159.49, 145.34, 139.35, 136.44, 130.73, 129.98, 127.34, 124.96, 113.18, 105.38, 79.87, 79.43, 78.99, 70.89, 70.67, 66.85, 66.67, 5 52.29, 46.79, 44.37, 14.88 and 14.41.
NMR data for Example lbk
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.19 (ArH, dd, J = 7.62, 2.22 Hz, IH), 8.12 (ArH, ddd, J
= 8.54, 5.03, 2.25 Hz, IH), 8.01 (ArH, d, J = 8.41 Hz, IH), 7.38 (ArH, d, J = 8.43 Hz, IH), 10 7.24-7.19 (ArH, m, IH), 6.83 (NH, s, br, IH), 4.98-4.85 (CH, m, IH), 4.67-4.55 (CH, m, IH),
4.36 (CH2, d, J = 6.95 Hz, IH), 4.06-3.93 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.91-3.65 (CH2, m, IH), 3.53 (CH2, dd, J = 11.40, 2.69 Hz, IH), 3.44-3.28 (CH2, m, IH), 3.07 (SCH3, s, 3H), 1.47 (CH3, d, J =
6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.45, 162.93, 160.61, 160.12, 157.28, 153.99, 136.32, 15 135.15, 123.51, 116.31, 116.05, 113.26, 105.18, 71.39, 71.01, 67.36, 67.01, 53.00, 47.07,
44.51, 39.44, 31.71, 22.77 14.86, and 14.95.
Compounds were also synthesized according to the following procedures:
20 Procedure for the synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yI]-2-isopropoxy-benzamide (Example lew)
Figure imgf000151_0001
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-isopropoxy- benzonitrile (1 equiv) was added portionwise to concentrated H2SO4 (0.1 M substrate in 25 acid). The reaction was heated to 90 0C and maintained at this temperature until all starting material had dissolved to give a bright red solution. The mixture was cooled and water (2 reaction volumes) added dropwise, then the solution was neutralized by careful addition of solid NaOH until pH 4-5 was attained. The mixture was cooled and neutralised by addition of 2N NaOH and then extracted using EtOAc (2 X 10 reaction volumes). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using MeOH/DCM - 0:100 going to 5:95 as eluent to give the desire product as a yellow powder.
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-isopropoxy- benzamide: (53 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):507.5 [MfH]", ^T = 3.01 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4~yI)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxy-benzamide (Example lex)
Figure imgf000152_0001
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-isopropoxy- benzonitrile (1 equiv) was added portionwise to concentrated H2SO4 (0.1 M substrate in acid). The reaction was heated to 90 0C and maintained at this temperature until all starting material had dissolved to give a bright red solution. The mixture was cooled and water (2 reaction volumes) added dropwise, then the solution was neutralized by careful addition of solid NaOH until pH 4-5 was attained. The mixture was cooled and neutralised by addition of 2N NaOH and then extracted using EtOAc (2 X 10 reaction volumes). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using MeOH/DCM - 0:100 going to 5:95 as eluent to give the desire product as a yellow powder.
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ρyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxy- benzamide: (44 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):465.4 [M+H]", R/T = 2.70 min) Procedure for the synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morphoHn-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yI]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (Example Icy)
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000153_0002
Synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-
2-carbonitrile was carried out as follows:-
To the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3 equiv) and the appropriate boronic acid or pinacolate boron ester (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) which were dissolved in N5N- dimethylacetamide (0.17 M of chloro-substrate). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen, sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 15 minutes. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and then suspended in t-butylmethyl ether, filtered and dried to give the desired product.
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-2- carbonitrile: (84 % yield, 93 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):191.3 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.29 min) To a suspension of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[253-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]- pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1 equiv) in concentrated H2SO4. The mixture was heated to 90 0C until a pale brown solution formed. The mixture was allowed to cool and then basified with 50 % w/w NaOH solution. The aqueous mixture was extracted using EtOAc (3 X 2 reaction volumes). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a pale yellow solid which was triturated with EtOAc to give the desire product.
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholm-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide: 93 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):450.4 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.72 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morρhoIin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine (Example lcz)
Figure imgf000154_0001
To a 1.2 M solution of compound lau (1 equiv) in THF was added hydrazine hydrate (9 reaction volumes). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (115 °C, medium absorption setting) for 2 hours. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 X 1 reaction volume). The organic fractions were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product in suitably clean form for use in subsequent reactions.
{4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}- hydrazine 7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H-phthalazin-l-one: (77 % yield, 84 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):437.4 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.23 min)
A 0.12 M solution of {4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morρholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-ρyridin-2-yl}-hydrazine 7-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-2H-phthalazin- 1-one (1 equiv) in EtOH was added to a a glass lined autoclave which contained activated Ra- Ni. The reaction was maintained under 5 bar H2 for 30 hours. Upon completion, the mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite™ and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude residue was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using 5:95 -0.1 % TFA/MeCN:0.1 % TFA/H2O as eluent to give the desire product as a yellow powder.
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamme: (70 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):422 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.25 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzamide (Example Ida).
Figure imgf000155_0001
To the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv) and the appropriate boronic acid or pinacolate boron ester (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) which were dissolved in MeCNZH2O (0.03 M of chloro-substrate). The mixture was degassed with nitrogen, sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110 0C, medium absorption setting) for 25 minutes. The mixture filtered and the precipitate collected, and recrystallised from MeCN/H2O to give the desired product.
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile: (49 % yield, 87 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5ESP) :449 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.93 min) 4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile (1 equiv) was dissolved concentrated sulfuric acid (0.15 M substrate in acid). The reaction was heated rapidly to 90 0C for 5 minutes before cooling the mixture and quenched, carefully, with solid NaOH until the solution was basic. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc/nBuOH (2 X 1 reaction volume - 1:1 ratio). The organic extracts were combined, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was further purified using flash chromatography (SiO2) with TBME going to TBME/MeOH (95:5) as eluent, the give the title compound as a yellow solid.
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzamide Synthesis: (71 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5ESP) :467 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.60 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-lH-pyridin-2-one (Example ldb).
Figure imgf000156_0001
To a 0.2 M solution of compound lah (1 equiv) in DMA was added a 1.6 M aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (5 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110°C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in water and sonicated to give a turbid solution, washed with TBME then cooled and neutralised with 2M HCl, forming a yellow precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and washed with water and TBME and dried to give the desired product.
5- [2,4-Bis-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ρyrido [2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]- 1 H-pyridin-2-one : (69 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):423 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.60 min) Procedure for the synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-lH-pyridin-2-one (Example ldc).
Figure imgf000157_0001
5 To the compound lah (1 equiv) was added a solution of 40 % methylamine in methanol (100 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (115°C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to yield a yellow solid. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. {5-[2,4-Bis-(3-methyl-morpholm-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-methyl- 10 amine: (61 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):436 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.34 min)
NMR data for Example ldc
1R NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3.δ ppm 8.69 (ArH, d, J = 2.06 Hz, IH), 8.56 (ArH, dd, J = 9.02,
2.32 Hz, IH), 7.97 (ArH, d, J= 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.33 (ArH, d, J = 8.48 Hz, IH), 6.59 (ArH, d, 15 J = 9.03 Hz, IH), 5.92 (NH, s, br, IH), 4.90 (CH2, dd, J = 5.85, 0.41 Hz, IH), 4.59 (CH2, d, J
= 12.53 Hz, IH), 4.41-4.29 (CH2, m, IH), 4.05-3.93 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.90-3.62 (CH2, m, 8H),
3.62-3.50 (CH2, m, IH), 3.43-3.31 (CH2, m, IH), 3.00 (NCH3, s, 3H), 1.47 (CH3, d, J = 6.78
Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J = 6.82 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 167.59, 165.30, 162.90, 159.99, 158.84, 144.22, 139.19, 20 134.85, 123.35, 111.65, 106.51, 104.57, 71.28, 70.91, 67.24, 66.92, 52.83, 46.96, 44.42,
39.34, 29.05, 14.73 and 14.34.
25 Procedure for the synthesis of {5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yI]-pyridin-2-yI}-dimethyI-amine (Example ldd).
Figure imgf000158_0001
To a solution of compound lah (1 equiv) in THF (0.05 M) was added a solution of 33 % dimethylamine in ethanol (200 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (1300C, medium absorption setting) for 40 minutes. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to yield a yellow solid. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
{5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}- dimethyl-amine: (54 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):450 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.52 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 8-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyI-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro~benzo[e][l,4]diazepin~5-one (Example lde).
Figure imgf000158_0002
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), 3-methoxy-4- methoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (1.1 equiv) were suspended in (1:1) acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro-substrate). The mixture was sonicated and degassed for 15 minutes with nitrogen. Tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.05 equiv) was then added and the mixture was sonicated for a further 5 minutes with nitrogen. The mixture was heated to 100°C for 3 hours under nitrogen. The reaction was cooled and the insoluble residue was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated to half the original volume and the remaining water mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layers were washed with water and brine, combined and dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield an oil which was purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 50 % to 100 % EtOAc/Hexane. 4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-moφholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester: (67 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5ESP) :494 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.86 min)
A solution of 4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2- methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) in ethylenediamine (0.35 M) was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. DMA was added to the solution (ethylenediamine/DMA 1:1.25). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (180°C, medium absorption setting) for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and extracted with water and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield a yellow solid which was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
8-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- benzo[e][l,4]diazepin-5-one: (49 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):490 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.52 min)
NMR data for Example lde
1U NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.65 (NH, s, br, IH), 8.01 (ArH, d, J= 8.38 Hz, IH), 7.78 (ArH, s, IH), 7.68 (ArH, s, IH), 7.44 (ArH, dd, J = 18.50, 8.20 Hz, 2H), 4.93-4.77 (CH2, m, IH), 4.50 (CH2, s, IH), 4.46-4.32 (CH2, m, IH), 4.05-3.61 (CH2, m, 14H), 3.53 (CH2, d, J = 2.04 Hz5 IH)5 3.41-3.26 (CH2, m, IH), 1.47 (CH3, d, J = 6.76 Hz, 3H), 1.33 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz5 CDCb δ ppm 165.11, 165.07, 165.00, 163.41, 162.64, 161.07, 159.90, 144.87, 135.18, 129.50, 118.02, 116.80, 113.87, 109.20, 105.45, 71.20, 70.89, 67.14, 66.89, 52.77, 47.04, 44.76, 44.40, 39.33, 14.78 and 13.32. Procedure for the synthesis of 7-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-benzo[e] [l,4]diazepin-5-one (Example ldf).
Figure imgf000160_0001
A solution of the compound lbg (1 equiv) in ethylenediamine (0.35 M) was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. DMA was added to the solution (ethylenediamine/DMA 1:1.25). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (18O0C, medium absorption setting) for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and extracted with water. The organic layer was dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield a residue which was then purified by flash column chromatography eluting with 0 % to 20 % MeOH/ CH2Cl2.
8-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro- benzo[e][l,4]diazepin-5-one: (40 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS,ESP):490 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.49 min)
NMR data for Example ldf
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.60 (ArH, d, J = 2.23 Hz, IH), 7.93-7.83 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.34 (ArH, d, J = 8.56 Hz, IH), 6.89 (ArH, d, J = 8.97 Hz, IH), 4.82-4.71 (CH2, m, IH), 4.47 (CH2, dd, J = 7.28, 6.58 Hz, IH), 4.30 (CH2, d, J = 6.93 Hz, IH), 3.95-3.55 (CH2, m, 13H), 3.55-3.42 (CH2, m, IH), 3.35-3.21 (CH2, m, IH), 1.40 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (CH3, d, J = 6.80 Hz, 3H). Procedure for the synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difluoromethoxy-benzamide (Example ldg).
Figure imgf000161_0001
To a solution of 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzoic acid (1 equiv) in THF (0.1 M) was added dropwise thionyl chloride (5 equiv) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in dry THF (0.04 M) and ammonia gas was slowly bubbled into the reaction mixture for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in minimum CH2Cl2 and hexane was added to give a white precipitate that was collected by vacuum filtration in suitably clean form for use in subsequent reactions. 5-Bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzamide: (45 % yield, 73 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP):266/268 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.42 min)
To a solution of 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzamide (1 equiv) in dioxan (0.1 M) were added bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.1 equiv), potassium acetate (3.5 equiv) and dppf (0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was degassed with nitrogen for 15 minutes. PdCl2(dppf) (0.05 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, which was degassed for a further 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at HO0C for 12 hours under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic phases were washed with water, dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product for use in subsequent reactions 2-Difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide: (71 % yield, crude taken forward without further analysis)
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.0 equiv), 2- difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 100 0C for 4 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difiuoromethoxy- benzamide: (14 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 515 [M+H]+, R/T = 7.40 min
Procedure for the synthesis of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)~3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-benzamide (Example ldh).
Figure imgf000162_0001
To a solution of 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-benzoic acid (1 equiv) in DMF (0.1 M) was added triethylamine (4 equiv). The reaction mixture was cooled to O0C and HBTU (1.2 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to reach room temperature over 1 hour and methylamine hydrochloride (2 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and water and the aqueous phase was further extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phases were washed with water, dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under in vacuo to give the desired product in suitably clean form for use in subsequent reactions. 5-Bromo-2-difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-benzamide: (100 % yield, 75 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 280/282 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.55 min)
2-Difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide was prepared in a similar way as 2-Difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- [l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide using 5-bromo-2-difluoromethoxy- N-methyl- benzamide as the starting material. 2-Difluoromethoxy-N-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide: (100 % yield, crude taken forward without further analysis)
A mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.0 equiv), 2- difluoromethoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzamide (1.1 equiv) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (0.1 M of chloro- substrate) was stirred at 100 0C for 2 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. 5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-difluoromethoxy- N-methyl-benzamide: (53 % yield, 87 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 421 [M+H]+, R/T = 4.06 min)
Procedure for the synthesis of 4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yI]-2-methoxy-benzamide (Example ldi).
Figure imgf000164_0001
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoic acid methyl ester (1 equiv) was dissolved in methanol (0.2 M). IM Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (5.0 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was neutralised with IM aqueous HCl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 10 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product.
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoic acid: (100 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 480 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.69 min)
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ρyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoic acid (1 equiv) was suspended in THF (0.05 M). Thionyl chloride was added dropwise at 400C. The reaction mixture was then heated for an hour at 40°C. Ammonia gas was then slowly bubbled into the reaction mixture. THF was then added for further dilution (0.025 M) and the reaction mixture was heated for an hour at 4O0C. Upon completion the reaction mixture was cooled down and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product. 4- [2,4-Bis-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy- benzamide: (88 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 479 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.92 min)
NMR data for Example ldi
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.30 (ArH, d, J = 8.17 Hz, IH), 8.04 (ArH, dd, J = 6.21, 4.98 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (NH, br, s, IH), 7.67 (ArH, dd, J= 8.21, 1.49 Hz, IH), 7.49 (ArH, d, J = 8.44 Hz, IH), 5.96 (NH, s, br, IH), 4.98-4.85 (CH2, m, IH), 4.61 (CH2, d, J = 12.90 Hz, IH), 4.39 (CH2, d, J = 6.89 Hz, IH), 4.13 (OCH3, s, 3H), 4.05-3.64 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.64-3.51 (CH2, m, IH), 3.41 (CH2, dd, J= 13.34, 3.62 Hz, IH), 1.49 (CH3, d, J = 6.79 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (CH3, d, J = 6.82 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCIj) δ ppm 166.78, 165.32, 162.81, 160.99, 160.02, 158.15, 143.57, 134.98, 132.76, 121.80, 120.15, 113.62, 111.30, 105.44, 71.27, 70.89, 67.23, 66.90, 56.42, 52.88, 47.01, 44.41, 39.36, 14.77 and 14.40.
Procedure for the synthesis of 4-[2,4-bis~((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-N-methyl-benzamide (Example ldj).
Figure imgf000165_0001
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-benzoic acid (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0. 1 M) and HBTU (1.5 equiv) was added. Methylamine in THF (15 equiv) was added dropwise followed by triethylamine (1.5 equiv) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. 4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-N-methyl- benzamide: (56 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 493 [M+H]+, R/T = 4.00 min)
NMR data for Example ldj 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.26 (ArH, d, J = 8.16 Hz, IH), 7.98 (ArH, dd, J = 8.74, 4.91 Hz, 2H), 7.91-7.81 (NH, m, br, IH), 7.60 (ArH, dd, J= 8.21, 1.52 Hz, IH), 7.43 (ArH, d, J = 8.45 Hz, IH), 4.93-4.81 (CH2, m, IH), 4.62-4.51 (CH2, m, IH), 4.39-4.28 (CH2, m, IH), 4.07 (OCH3, s, 3H), 4.00-3.58 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.57-3.45 (CH2, m, IH), 3.40-3.27 (CH2, m, IH), 2.99 (NHCH3, d, J = 4.82 Hz, 3H), 1.43 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H).
Procedure for the synthesis of 2-methoxy-N-memyl-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2- morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide (Example 1 dk).
Figure imgf000166_0001
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.0 equiv), and 2-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.05 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.028 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (13O0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 20 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product.
2-Methoxy-5 - [4-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-y 1-pyrido [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-benzoic acid: (91 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 466.4 [M+H]+, R/T = 2.68 5 min)
2-Methoxy-5- [4-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-benzoic acid (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.1 M) and DIPEA (8 equiv) was added. HBTU (1.2 equiv) was added at 00C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Methylamine hydrochloride (5 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred O0C for
10 30 minutes and at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined organic phases were washed with water and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography to give the desired product. 4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-N-methyl-
15 benzamide: (73 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 479.2 [M+H]+, R/T = 3.97 min)
NMR data for Example ldk
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.71 (ArH, d, J = 2.45 Hz, IH), 8.45 (ArH, dd, J = 8.75,
2.48 Hz, IH), 7.97 (ArH5 d, J - 8.52 Hz, IH), 7.78 (NH, s, br, IH), 7.51 (ArH, d, J = 8.56 20 Hz, IH), 7.01 (ArH, d, J= 8.84 Hz, IH), 4.39 (CH2, d, J= 6.69 Hz, IH), 3.96 (OCH3, s, 3H),
3.95-3.77 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.76-3.58 (CH2, m, 7H), 2.98 (NCH3, d, J = 4.81 Hz, 3H), 1.42
(CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.74, 164.71, 161.22, 160.99, 159.11, 159.04, 135.09,
132.93, 131.23, 131.16, 121.32, 119.02, 113.63, 111.84, 104.61, 70.90, 66.90, 56.27, 52.70, 25 44.70, 44.48, 26.70 and 14.85. Procedure for the synthesis of 6-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-lH-indazol-3-yIamine (Example IdI).
Figure imgf000168_0001
To a mixture of 7-chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)- pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), and 4-cyano-3- fluorophenylboronic acid (1.2 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.03 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110 0C, medium absorption setting) for 25 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the precipitate was collected by vacuum filtration, which was in suitably pure form to be used with no further purification.
Figure imgf000168_0002
4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-moφholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile: (49 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 449.2 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.93 min
To a 0.2 M solution of 4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile (1 equiv) in n-BuOH was added 0.2 reaction volumes of hydrazine hydrate. A reflux condenser was attached to the mixture which was then heated to 140 0C for 2 hours whereupon it was cooled, and concentrated in vacuo to give an orange residue which was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using Et2O:MeOH - 94:6 as eluent which allowed a yellow solid which was then recrystallised from CH2C12/Hexanes to furnish the title compound as a yellow solid.
Figure imgf000169_0001
6- [2,4-Bis-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido [2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl] - 1 H-indazol-3 - ylamine: (90 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 461.2 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.77 min NMR data for Example IdI
5 (1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3SOCD3 δ ppm 11.6 (IH, s, formate), 8.31-8.01 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.74 (ArH, ddd, J= 18.90, 15.23, 8.49 Hz, 3H), 5.42 (NH2, s, 2H), 4.88-4.70 (NH, m, IH), 4.44 (CH2, d, J= 10.93 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (CH2, m, 3H), 3.81-3.54 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.46 (CH2, dt, J = 11.82, 11.67, 2.52 Hz, IH), 3.38-3.13 (CH2, m, IH), 2.51 (CH, td, J = 3.52, 1.73, 1.73 Hz, IH), 1.38 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (CH3, d, J = 6.79 Hz, 3H).
10 13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3SOCD3) δ ppm 164.43, 162.05, 161.20, 159.29, 149.19, 141.79, 136.12, 135.32, 120.42, 116.81, 114.78, 113.13, 108.47, 104.30, 70.39, 70.15, 66.34, 66.15, 51.81, 46.24, 43.81, 30.89, 22.0, 14.31 and 13.89.
Procedure for the synthesis of N-{4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- 15 d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}-acetamide (Example ldm).
Figure imgf000169_0002
To a 0.1 M solution of 4-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-ρyridin-2 -ylamine (example lcz) (1 equiv) in pyridine was added acetic anhydride (3 equiv). A reflux condenser was attached to the reaction vessel which was then heated to 70 0C for 2 days. Upon completion, the reaction was purified, in its crude for by preparative HPLC to give the title compound as a white solid.
N-{4-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-yl}- acetamide :(95 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 464.1 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.77 min NMR data for Example ldm
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3.δ ppm 8.70 (NH, s, IH), 8.37-8.29 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.01 (ArH, d, J = 8.36 Hz, IH), 7.94 (ArH, dd, J = 5.26, 1.54 Hz, IH), 7.49 (ArH, d, J = 8.39 Hz, IH), 4.87 (CH2, ddd, J = 2.90, 1.56, 0.64 Hz, IH), 4.56 (CH2, d, J = 13.43 Hz, IH), 4.33 (CH2, d, J = 6.86 Hz, IH), 3.99-3.58 (CH2, m, 10H), 3.57-3.45 (CH2, m, IH), 3.39-3.25 (CH2, m, IH), 2.19 (CH3, s, 3H), 1.43 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.31 (CH3, d, J = 6.82 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 168.79, 165.32, 162.82, 160.00, 159.87, 151.94, 148.64, 148.15, 135.18, 118.86, 113.66, 111.94, 106.03, 71.27, 70.89, 67.23, 66.89, 52.89, 46.98, 44.46, 39.35, 24.81, 14.77 and 14.41.
Procedure for the synthesis of Examples ldn to ldp
Figure imgf000170_0001
The appropriate 7-chloropyridopyrimidine was reacted with 2-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-[l,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-benzoic acid methyl ester according to conditions E to give 2-methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoic acid methyl ester as the desired product (1 equiv) which was then diluted in MeOH to give a 0.03M solution. NaOH (5 equiv of 1 M solution) was then added and the resultant mixture stirred at room temperature for 5 days. After this time the reaction was filtered and neutralized with IM HCl before being concentrated in vacuo to give a crude yellow residue which was diluted in CH2Cl2. The mixture was filtered and the resulting filtrate concentrated to give the desired product as an oil.
Figure imgf000171_0001
2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-thiomorpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoic acid: (99 % yield, 95 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 482.2[M+H]+ R/T = 2.78 min
Figure imgf000171_0002
2-Methoxy-5- [4-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-(4-methyl-piperazin- 1 -yl)-pyrido [2,3 - d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzoic acid: (88 % yield, 96 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 479.5[M+H]+ R/T = 2.26 min
Figure imgf000172_0001
2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-benzoic acid: (91 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP):466.4 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.68 min
To a warmed (40 0C) 0.06 M solution of the appropriate benzoic acid derivative(l equiv) in anhydrous THF was added thionyl chloride (2.5 equiv) in a dropwise fashion. The reaction was maintained at this temperature and stirred for a further 1 hour. After this time the mixture was evaporated to give a brown oil, which was diluted in dry THF (sufficient to make 0.06 M solution) before ammonia gas was bubble through the mixture, which was accompanied by an exotherm. Upon completion, addition of ammonia was stopped and the mixture concentrated in vacuo to give a a yellow oily residue which was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1 reaction volume) and washed with water (2 X 1 reaction volume). The organic extract was removed, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound.
Figure imgf000172_0002
2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-thiomorpliolin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide: (30 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 481.1[M+H]+ R/T = 4.02 min
NMR data for Example ldn
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.83 (ArH, d, J = 2.46 Hz, IH), 8.61 (ArH, dd, J = 8.75, 2.48 Hz, IH), 8.00 (ArH, d, J = 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.72 (NH, d, J = 0.76 Hz, IH), 7.56 (ArH, d, J = 8.50 Hz, IH), 7.13 (ArH, d, J = 8.82 Hz, IH), 5.88 (NH, d, J= 0.98 Hz, IH), 4.42-4.23 (CH2, m,4), 4.05 (CH3O, s, 3H), 4.03-3.94 (CH2, m, IH), 3.85 (CH2, ddd, J = 14.51, 8.58, 5.82 Hz, 2H), 3.78-3.62 (CH2, m, 3H), 2.75-2.65 (CH2, m, 3H), 1.46 (CH3, d, J= 6.76 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCIj δ ppm 166.60, 165.41, 162.87, 161.09, 159.89, 159.23, 134.73, 133.71, 131.82, 131.68, 120.56, 113.16, 111.89, 104.63, 70.95, 66.91, 56.29, 52.81, 46.70, 44.54, 27.45 and 14.70.
Figure imgf000173_0001
2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-(4-methyl-piperazin-l-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzamide: (12 % yield, 98 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 481.1[M+H]+
R/T = 43.28 min
NMR data for Example ldo
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.78 (ArH, d, J = 2.48 Hz, IH), 8.57 (ArH, dd, J = 8.76,
2.52 Hz, IH), 8.28 (NH, s, br, IH), 7.96 (ArH, d, J = 8.50 Hz, IH), 7.68 (NH, s, br, IH), 7.54 (ArH, d, J= 8.55 Hz, IH), 7.08 (ArH, d, J= 8.84 Hz, IH), 4.42-4.28 (CH2, m, IH), 4.09 (CH2, s, br, 2H), 4.01 (OCH3, s, 3H)5 3.77 (CH2, ddd, J = 36.04, 19.80, 10.87 Hz, 9H), 2.76 (CH2, t, J = 5.05, 5.05 Hz, 4H), 2.47 (NCH3, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000174_0001
2-Methoxy-5-[4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-benzamide: (61 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS3 ESP): 465.4 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.69 min CNMR data for Example ldp
10 1H NMR (300 MHz, , CDCl3 δ ppm 8.77 (ArH, d, J = 2.44 Hz, IH), 8.58 (ArH, dd, J = 8.76, 2.47 Hz, IH), 7.94 (ArH, d, J = 8.48 Hz, IH), 7.65 (NH, s, br, IH), 7.51 (ArH, d, J= 8.53 Hz, IH), 7.06 (ArH, d, J= 8.84 Hz, IH), 5.91 (NH, s, br, IH), 4.32 (CH2, d, J = 6.79 Hz, IH), 3.98 (OCH3, s, 3H), 3.95-3.86 (CH2, m, 5H), 3.84-3.55 (CH2, m, 9H), 1.40 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H)
15 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 166.63, 165.31, 162.78, 160.96, 160.31, 159.29, 134.76, 133.68, 131.69, 131.60, 120.56, 113.09, 111.88, 104.76, 70.94, 67.04, 66.91, 56.28, 52.76, 44.58, 44.45 and 14.75.
Procedure for the synthesis of Example ldq
Figure imgf000174_0002
To a (0.1 M) solution of example lat (1 equiv) in CHCl3 was added m-CPBA (5.5 equiv). A reflux condenser was added to the apparatus and the mixture heated to 60 0C for 17 hours. After this time the reaction was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (SIO2) using CH2Cl2MeOH - 95:5 as eluent to furnish the desired product.
Figure imgf000175_0001
N-{3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-8-oxy-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenyl}- methanesulfonamide: (39 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 515.5[M+H]+ R/T = 2.95min.
10
NMR data for Example ldq
1U NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 10.04 (NH, s, br, IH), 8.42 (ArH, s, IH), 7.55-7.25 (ArH, m, 4H), 6.96 (ArH, d, J = 8.67 Hz, IH), 4.80 (CH2, s, br, IH), 4.51 (CH2, s, br, IH), 4.31 15 (CH2, d, J = 6.71 Hz, IH), 4.00-3.51 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.49-3.34 (CH2, m, IH), 3.24 (CH2, dd, J
= 13.22, 3.30 Hz, IH), 2.80 (SCH3, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH3, d, J= 6.78 Hz, IH), 1.19 (CH3, d, J =
6.69 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 165.58, 159.69, 158.28, 149.96, 138.59, 134.47, 129.53,
125.86, 123.35, 123.30, 116.17, 107.52, 71.33, 71.11, 67.32, 67.10, 53.39, 47.62, 44.87, 20 39.79, 38.68, 31.90, 22.97 and 15.16. Procedure for the synthesis of Example ldr
Figure imgf000176_0001
7-Chloro-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine was couple with 3- nitrobenzoic acid using Suzuki conditions D to give the desire product as a yellow powder.
Figure imgf000176_0002
2,4-Bis-((S)-3 -methy l-morpholin-4-y l)-7-(3 -nitro-phenyl)-pyrido [2,3 -d]pyrimidine : (90 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 451.6[M+H]+ R/T = 3.41min
To a 0.1M solution of 2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-7-(3-nitro-phenyl)-ρyrido[2,3- djpyrimidine (1 equiv) in EtOH/H2O-l:l was added ammonium chloride ( 8 equiv) and iron powder (8 equiv). The reaction mixture was heated to 100 0C for 1 hour before cooling and filtering through a thin Celite ™ pad. The cake was washed with EtOH (1 reaction volume). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and then partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 (1 reaction volume of each). The organic phase was removed, dried (MgSO4) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo and then purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using MeOH1 1CH2Cl2 (0:100 - 5:95 - 10-90) as eluent to give the title compound as a yellow solid.
Figure imgf000176_0003
3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenylaniine: (88 % yield, 98 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 421.1[M+HJ+ R/T = 3.76min
NMR data for Example ldr
5 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 7.93 (ArH, d, J = 8.45 Hz, IH), 7.62-7.55 (ArH, m, IH), 7.41-7.32 (m, IH), 7.20 (ArH, d, J= 7.32 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (ArH, ddd, J= 7.88, 2.40, 0.86 Hz, IH), 4.87 (ArH, dd, J = 3.54, 1.66 Hz, IH), 4.57 (NH, d, J = 13.25 Hz, IH), 4.30 (NH, s, br, IH), 3.98-3.56 (CH2, m, HH), 3.56-3.44 (CH2, m, IH), 3.37-3.24 (CH2, m, IH), 1.40 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H)
10 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 165.46, 162.87, 162.60, 159.96, 146.80, 139.75, 134.48, 129.35, 117.99, 116.69, 114.74, 113.48, 104.92, 71.32, 70.93, 67.28, 66.94, 52.80, 46.90, 44.49, 39.33, 14.71 and 14.33.
Procedure for the synthesis of Example Ids
15
Figure imgf000177_0001
To a 0.3M solution of 5-[2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin~4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7- yl]-2-fluoro-benzonitrile (example lav) (1 equiv) in EtOH was added hydrazine hydrate (5
20 equiv). The mixture was refluxed for 90 minutes wherepon it was cooled and partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water (1 reaction volume of each). The organic extract was removed. The aqueous phase was further extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 X 1 reaction volume). The combined organic extracts were then dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow slurry which was further purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) using EtOAC/Hexanes as
25 eluent to give the title compound as a yellow powder.
Figure imgf000178_0001
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morρholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]ρyrimidin-7-yl]-lH-indazol-3- ylamine: (52 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 461.6[M+H]+ R/T = 2.85min
NMR data for Example Ids 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.52 (ArH, s, IH), 8.06 (ArH, dd, J = 8.84, 1.50 Hz, IH), 7.94 (ArH, d, J = 8.49 Hz, IH), 7.42 (ArH, d, J = 8.50 Hz, IH), 7.29 (ArH, d, J = 8.79 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (CH2, dd, J= 3.99, 1.99 Hz, IH), 4.60 (CH2, s, br, IH), 4.32 (CH2, d, J = 6.78 Hz, IH), 3.98-3.58 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.51 (CH2, dt, J = 11.78, 11.46, 2.71 Hz, IH), 3.39-3.25 (CH2, m, IH), 1.42 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H) (NH's not clearly seen)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 165.43, 162.97, 162.33, 160.01, 142.86, 134.62, 130.11, 127.06, 120.17, 115.21, 112.98, 109.71, 104.51, 71.32, 70.94, 67.28, 66.95, 52.80, 46.95, 44.48, 39.36, 27.01, 14.79 and 14.33.
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Note:
The following examples were synthesized from the corresponding boronic acids: ldu, ldv, ldz and lee.
The following examples were synthesized from the corresponding pinacolate boron esters: 5 ldw, ldx, lea, leb and lee.
The following Examples were synthesized from a mixture of the corresponding boronic acids and pinacolate boron esters: ldt, ldy, and led.
NMR data for Example lee 10 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb δ ppm 8.15 (ArH, d, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (ArH, d, J= 8.46 Hz,
IH), 7.42 (ArH, d, J= 8.46 Hz, IH), 6.98 (ArH, d, J= 9.24 Hz, IH), 4.91 (CH2, d, J= 5.55
Hz, IH), 4.77 (CH2OH, s, 2H), 4.61 (CH2, d, J= 12.42 Hz, IH), 4.36 - 4.34 (CH2, m, IH),
4.00 - 3.70 (OCH3 + CH2, m, 9H), 3.69 - 3.51 (CH2, m, IH), 3.41 - 3.31 (CH2, m, IH), 1.46
(CH3, d, J= 6.69 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J= 6.87 Hz, 3H). 15 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.42, 162.88, 161.87, 159.95, 159.16, 134.54, 131.13,
129.25, 128.89, 128.44, 112.85, 110.27, 104.49, 71.30, 70.92, 67.26, 66.93, 61.98, 55.56,
52.78, 46.91, 44.45, 39.32, 14.69 and 14.31.
NMR data for Example led
20 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb δ ppm 8.34 (ArH, s, IH), 8.11 (ArH, d, J = 8.02 Hz, IH), 8.00 (ArH, d, J = 8.41 Hz, IH), 7.90 (ArH, d, J = 7.98 Hz, IH), 7.43 (ArH, d, J = 8.42 Hz, IH), 7.10 (NH, br, s, IH), 4.95-4.81 (CH2, m, IH), 4.57 (CH2, d, J = 13.37 Hz, IH), 4.47 (NHCH2, s, 2H), 4.33 (CH2, d, J = 6.68 Hz, IH), 3.99-3.58 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.51 (CH2, dt, J= 11.81, 11.45, 2.72 Hz, IH), 3.31 (CH2, dt, J= 12.91, 12.52, 3.57 Hz, IH), 1.42 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz,
25 3H), 1.30 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 171.32, 165.36, 162.94, 161.42, 160.04, 144.06, 142.31, 135.01, 133.20, 127.63, 123.83, 123.08, 113.49, 105.35, 71.27, 70.91, 67.24, 66.91, 52.85, 46.96, 45.70, 44.48, 39.35, 14.76 and 14.39.
5 NMR data for Example lef
1H NMR (SOO MHZ, CDCl3.δ ppm 8.08 (ArH, d, J = 1.95 Hz, IH), 8.01-7.94 (ArH, m, IH), 7.82 (ArH, td, J = 6.63, 1.80, 1.80 Hz, IH), 7.48 (NH, br, s, IH), 7.39 (ArH, dd, J = 12.99, 5.20 Hz5 3H), 4.34 (CH2, q, J = 6.63, 6.56, 6.56 Hz, IH), 3.97-3.76 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.75-3.57 (CH2, m, 7H), 2.87 (SO2CH3, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H).
10 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.21, 162.77, 161.34, 160.28, 140.30, 137.69, 135.07, 129.91, 124.53, 122.37, 120.57, 113.44, 105.22, 70.91, 66.97, 66.89, 52.84, 44.58, 44.39, 39.32 and 14.79.
NMR data for Example ldz 15 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.11-8.03 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.96 (ArH, d, J = 8.44 Hz, IH),
7.38-7.31 (ArH, m, IH), 7.32-7.24 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.85 (CH2, d, J = 5.45 Hz, IH), 4.54 (CH2, d, J = 12.83 Hz, IH), 4.32 (CH2, d, J = 6.78 Hz, IH), 3.97-3.57 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.50 (CH2, dt,
J = 11.75, 11.35, 2.73 Hz, IH), 3.37-3.24 (CH2, m, IH), 2.95 (802CH3, s, 3H), 1.42 (CH3, d,
J = 6.78 Hz, IH), 1.29 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H) (NH not seen). 20 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.36, 162.93, 161.33, 160.00, 138.73, 135.29, 134.86,
129.34, 119.66, 112.95, 104.90, 71.27, 70.92, 67.24, 66.93, 52.82, 46.97, 44.45, 39.58, 33.35,
14.75 and 14.36.
NMR data for Example lea
25 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3.δ ppm 7.87 (ArH, d, J = 8.55 Hz, IH), 7.81 (ArH, d, J = 1.80 Hz, IH), 7.47 (ArH, dd, J = 8.17, 1.85 Hz, IH), 7.35 (ArH, d, J = 8.57 Hz, IH), 6.69 (ArH, d, J = 8.14 Hz, IH), 4.85 (CH2, d, J = 5.96 Hz, IH), 4.62-4.52 (CH2, m, IH), 4.28 (CH2, d, J = 6.77 Hz, IH), 4.02 (NH2, s, br, 2H), 3.95 (d, J = 6.54 Hz, IH), 3.93 (CH3, s, 3H), 3.92-3.57 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.55 -3.45 (CH2, m, IH), 3.38-3.25 (CH2, m, IH), 1.39 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H),
30 1.29 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz5 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.48, 162.91, 162.45, 159.98, 147.22, 138.70, 134.14, 128.92, 121.24, 113.97, 112.74, 110.15, 104.11, 71.35, 70.95, 67.32, 66.96, 55.83, 52.79, 46.89, 44.44, 39.31, 31.60, 22.66 and 14.30.
5 NMR data for Example leb
1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3COCD3 δ ppm 11.83 (ArH, s, IH), 9.06 (ArH, d, J = 2.07 Hz, IH), 8.75 (ArH, d, J = 2.09 Hz, IH), 8.30-8.10 (ArH, m, IH), 7.72 (ArH, d, J = 8.55 Hz, IH), 7.54 (ArH, s, IH), 6.59 (NH, s, IH), 4.77 (CH2, dd, J= 6.66, 1.89 Hz, IH), 4.49-4.34 (CH2, m, 2H), 4.03-3.83 (CH2, m, 3H), 3.81-3.55 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.54-3.38 (CH2, m, IH), 3.23 (CH2, dd, 10 J = 13.19, 3.46 Hz, IH), 1.37 (CH3, d, J = 6.74 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3COCD3) δ ppm 165.41, 163.09, 161.32, 160.22, 150.21, 143.45, 136.25, 128.14, 128.09, 126.99, 120.44, 113.54, 104.90, 101.82, 71.32, 71.09, 67.27, 67.09, 52.78, 47.17, 44.79 and 15.25.
15 NMR data for Example ldv
IH NMR (300 MHz, CD3SOCD3 δ ppm 8.40 (ArH, d, J = 1.37 Hz, IH), 8.33 (ArH, dd, J = 8.38, 1.63 Hz, IH), 8.25 (ArH, d, J = 8.45 Hz, 2H), 8.17 (ArH, s, IH), 7.79 (ArH, d, J = 8.48 Hz, IH), 4.84-4.73 (CH, m, IH), 4.45 (CH2, d, J = 13.67 Hz, 2H), 4.00-3.84 (CH2, m, 3H), 3.81-3.57 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.46 (CH2, dt, J = 11.84, 11.73, 2.61 Hz, IH), 3.23 (CH2, dt, J =
20 13.16, 12.92, 3.65 Hz, IH), 1.39 (CH3, d, J= 6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (CH3, d, J= 6.75 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3SOCD3 δ ppm 164.30, 162.06, 160.45, 159.32, 159.03, 149.10, 145.91, 143.53, 135.86, 126.40, 125.73, 125.30, 123.33, 113.30, 105.06, 70.35, 70.14, 66.31, 66.14, 51.79, 46.27, 43.81, 30.38, 14.35 and 13.89.
25
NMR data for Example ldv
1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3SOCD3 δ ppm 8.39 (ArH, dd, J = 5.45, 3.65 Hz, IH), 8.23 (ArH, d, J = 8.47 Hz, IH), 8.14-8.03 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.81-7.69 (ArH + NH, m, 2H), 4.77 (CH2, dd, J = 6.52, 2.00 Hz, IH), 4.43 (CH2, d, J = 13.75 Hz, 2H), 3.99-3.83 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.80-3.56 (CH2,
30 m, 6H), 3.52-3.15 (CH2, m, 5H), 2.50 (CH2, td, J = 3.67, 1.83, 1.83 Hz, 2H), 1.38 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.19-1.10 (CH3, m, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3SOCD3 δ ppm 164.80, 163.51, 162.52, 159.84, 158.73, 158.27, 142.53, 142.43, 136.38, 131.02, 125.84, 123.52, 123.48, 115.08, 114.76, 113.45, 105.57, 70.87, 70.64, 66.83, 66.65, 52.32, 46.79, 44.32, 34.59, 15.10, 14.87 and 14.42.
NMR data for Example ldv
1H NMR (300 MHz, , CD3SOCD3 δ ppm 10.52 (NH, s, IH), 8.19 (ArH, d, J = 8.50 Hz, IH), 7.79-7.68 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.61 (ArH, d, J = 8.52 Hz, IH), 7.35 (ArH, d, J = 7.66 Hz, IH), 4.84-4.69 (CH2, m, IH), 4.42 (CH2, dd, J = 7.38, 5.30 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (CH2, dd, J = 14.30, 7.97 Hz, 3H), 3.82-3.52 (CH2, m, 8H), 3.45 (CH2, d, J = 2.42 Hz, IH), 3.26 - 3.15 (CH2, m, IH), 1.37 (CH3, d, J = 6.74 Hz, 3H), 1.25 (CH3, d, J = 6.76 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3SOCD3 δ ppm 176.84, 164.89, 162.55, 160.83, 159.82, 144.90, 138.19, 135.98, 128.66, 125.02, 120.94, 113.09, 108.05, 104.92, 70.90, 70.67, 66.84, 66.67, 52.32, 46.76, 44.30, 36.29, 14.85 and 14.35.
NMR data for Example ldt
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3.δ ppm 8.58 (ArH, d, J = 7.97 Hz, IH), 8.49 (ArH, d, J = 45.95 Hz, IH), 7.99 (ArH, d, J= 8.42 Hz, IH), 7.50 (ArH, dd, J = 17.31, 8.21 Hz, IH), 7.24 (ArH, d, J = 17.82 Hz, IH), 5.01-4.86 (CH2, s, br, IH), 4.65-4.39 (CH2, m, 3H), 4.33 (CH2, d, J = 6.25 Hz, IH), 4.04-3.58 (CH2, m, 8H), 3.49 (CH2, d, J = 11.36 Hz, IH), 3.31 (CH2, d, J = 2.99 Hz, IH), 1.41 (CH3, d, J = 6.72 Hz, 3H), 1.29 (CH3, d, J = 6.76 Hz, 3H) (1 proton missing, lots of overlap seen, NH not seen either)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 171.52, 165.39, 162.90, 161.33, 160.01, 145.14, 139.06, 135.02, 132.17, 123.57, 122.56, 113.20, 105.21, 71.29, 70.92, 67.25, 66.93, 52.78, 46.95, 45.68, 44.51, 39.34, 27.00, 14.74 and 14.35.
NMR data for Example ldu
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.12 (ArH, d, J = 8.32 Hz, 2H), 8.03 (ArH, d, J = 8.43 Hz, IH), 7.51-7.39 (ArH, m, 3H), 5.08 (CH2, br, s, IH), 4.89 (CH2, d, J = 4.91 Hz, IH), 4.58 (CH2, d, J = 12.59 Hz, IH), 4.40 (CH2NH, br, s, 2H), 4.22 (NH, br, s, IH), 4.04-3.64 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.56 (CH2, dt, J = 11.80, 11.45, 2.75 Hz, IH), 3.44-3.30 (CH2, m, IH), 2.87 (SO2CH3S, 3H), 1.48 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 165.16, 163.70, 162.51, 159.71, 138.71, 138.33, 134.99, 128.40, 128.15, 113.45, 105.20, 71.23, 70.89, 67.18, 66.90, 52.82, 47.07, 46.90, 44.21, 41.25, 39.41, 14.78 and 14.38.
Tested in the Biological Assay: Ex. (Ib) 0.00185μM; Ex. (Ic) 0.00184μM Ex. (Id)
0.00245μM; Ex. (laz) 0.006865μM.
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (Ia) 0.0089μM; Ex. (Ie) 0.0044μM; Ex. (If)
0.005μM; Ex. (Ig) 0.01 lμM; Ex. (Ih) 0.0021μM; Ex. (Ii) 0.0056μM; Ex. (Ij) 0.035μM; Ex.
(Ik) 0.015μM; Ex. (11) 0.0057μM; Ex. (Im) 0.31μM; Ex. (In) O.O85μM; Ex. (lo) 0.14μM; Ex. (Ip) 0.038μM; Ex. (Iq) 0.39μM; Ex. (Ir) 0.23μM; Ex. (Is) 0.028μM; Ex. (It) 0.34μM;
Ex. (Iu) 0.015μM; Ex. (Iv) 0.18μM; Ex. (Iw) 0.26μM; Ex. (Ix) 0.53μM; Ex. (Iy) O.33μM;
Ex. (Iz) 0.37μM; Ex. (laa) 0.025μM; Ex. (lab) 0.029μM; Ex. (lac) 0.14μM; Ex. (lad)
0.0069μM; Ex. (lae) 0.38μM; Ex. (laf) 0.054μM; Ex. (lag) 0.029μM; Ex. (lab) 0.012μM;
Ex. (lai) l.lμM; Ex. (laj) 0.49μM; Ex. (lak) 0.017μM; Ex. (IaI) 0.23μM; Ex. (lam) 0.21μM; Ex. (Ian) 0.14μM; Ex. (lao) 0.0083μM; Ex. (lap) 0.02μM; Ex. (laq) 0.084μM; Ex.
(lar) 0.006μM; Ex. (las) 0.013μM; Ex. (lat) 0.031μM; Ex. (lau) 0.09μM; Ex. (lav) 0.29μM;
Ex. (law) 0.062μM; Ex. (lax) 0.0092μM; Ex. (lay) 0.15μM; Ex. (lba) 0.44μM; Ex. (lbb)
0.14μM; Ex. (lbc) 0.083μM; Ex. (lbd) 0.01 lμM; Ex. (lbe) 0.18μM; Ex. (lbf) 0.06μM; Ex.
(lbg) 0.17μM; Ex. (lbh) 0.014μM; Ex. (lbi) 0.032μM; Ex. (lbj) 0.035μM; Ex. (lbk) 0.039μM; Ex. (IbI) 0.0027μM; Ex. (lbm) 0.055μM; Ex. (lbn) 0.04μM; Ex. (lbo) 0.018μM;
Ex. (lbp) 0.1 lμM; Ex. (lbq) 0.14μM; Ex. (lbr) 0.056μM; Ex. (lbs) 0.039μM; Ex. (lbt)
0.1 lμM; Ex. (lbu) 0.016μM; Ex. (lbv) 0.0051μM; Ex. (lbw) 0.036μM; Ex. (lbx) 0.038μM;
Ex. (lby) 0.0046μM; Ex. (lbz) 0.018μM; Ex. (lea) 0.35μM; Ex. (lcb) 0.5μM; Ex. (Ice)
0.0064μM; Ex. (led) 0.46μM; Ex. (Ice) 0.091 μM; Ex. (lcf) 0.073μM; Ex. (leg) 0.00026μM; Ex. (lch) 0.22μM; Ex. (lei) 0.15μM; Ex. (lcj) 0.091μM; Ex. (lck) 0.065μM; Ex. (IcI)
0.2μM; Ex. (lcm) 0.16μM; Ex. (lcn) 0.31μM; Ex. (lco) 2.5μM; Ex. (lcp) lμM; Ex. (lcq)
0.25μM; Ex. (lcr) 0.69μM; Ex. (lcs) 7.5μM; Ex. (let) 0.024μM; Ex. (leu) 0.042μM; Ex.
(lev) 0.3μM; Ex. (lew) 0.49μM; Ex. (lex) 0.12μM; Ex. (Icy) 0.72μM; Ex. (lcz) 0.066μM;
Ex. (Ida) 1.8μM; Ex. (ldb) 0.03 lμM; Ex. (ldc) 0.02μM; Ex. (ldd) 0.073μM; Ex. (lde) 0.0049μM; Ex. (ldg) 0.014μM; Ex. (ldh) 0.041μM; Ex. (ldi) 0.23μM; Ex. (ldj) 0.25μM; Ex.
(ldk) 0.02μM; Ex. (IdI) 0.018μM; Ex. (ldm) 0.0075μM; Ex. (ldn) 0.0055μM; Ex. (ldo)
0.03μM; Ex. (ldp) 0.0067μM; Ex. (ldq) 0.037μM; Ex. (ldt) 0.0026μM; Ex. (ldu) 0.00039μM; Ex. (ldv) 0.72μM; Ex. (ldw) 0.021 μM; Ex. (ldx) 0.035μM; Ex. (ldy) 0.0035μM; Ex. (ldz) 0.099μM; Ex. (lea) 0.057μM; Ex. (leb) 0.17μM; Ex. (lee) 0.013μM; Ex. (led) O.OlόμM; Ex. (lee) 0.0048μM.
Tested in phospho-Ser473 Akt assay: Ex. (ldf) 0.3813μM; Ex. (ldr) 0.01415μM; Ex. (Ids) 0.06066μM.
Example 2
Figure imgf000186_0001
R2= Amino
R3= Aryl or hetero aryl
To a solution (0.2 M) of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) in dioxane was added diisopropylethylamine (2 equiv). To this mixture was then added the appropriate amine (2 equiv). The reaction was then heated under the influence of microwave radiation (120 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue dissolved in CH2Cl2 and washed with H2O. The organic fraction was removed, dried (MgSO4). The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2) to give the desired products.
Figure imgf000186_0002
Purity Retention M/z Example Structure
0/ time [M+H}+ (min) b 99 3.78 439.3
Figure imgf000187_0001
c 99 3.31 462.4
Figure imgf000187_0002
d 100 3.76 463.3
Figure imgf000187_0003
e 99 3.11 483.3
Figure imgf000187_0004
f 99 3.82 463.4
Figure imgf000187_0005
Purity Retention M/z Example Structure
0/ time [M+H}+ (min)
2g 100 3.39 436.5
Figure imgf000188_0001
2h 100 3.68 463.4
Figure imgf000188_0002
2i 98 3.26 448.4
Figure imgf000188_0003
2j 100 3.38 450.3
Figure imgf000188_0004
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (2a) 0.7μM; Ex. (2b) 0.56μM; Ex. (2c) 0.6μM; Ex. (2d) 0.27μM; Ex. (2e) 0.35μM; Ex. (2f) 0.17μM; Ex. (2g) 0.064μM; Ex. (2h) 0.29μM; Ex. (2i) 0.64μM; Ex. (2j) 0.2μM. Example 3:
(Compounds 3a to 3ab) R4 = (S)-3-methyI-morphoIine R2 = (S)-3-methyI-morphoIine Ar = aryl
Figure imgf000189_0001
Carboxy-substrates are reported in Example 1.
Method: Amide Formation Conditions A:
The appropriate carboxy-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.067 M). HBTU (1.2 equiv) and appropriate amines (1.05 equiv) were added along with 3 drops of triethylamine at 00C. The reaction vessels were sealed and the mixtures were stirred between 1 and 12 hours at room temperature. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residues were then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Table 3:
Figure imgf000189_0002
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (3a) 0.048μM; Ex. (3b) 0.32μM; Ex. (3c) 0.09μM; Ex. (3d) 0.28μM; Ex. (3e) 0.0047μM; Ex. (3f) 0.28μM; Ex. (3g) 0.0052μM; Ex. (3h) 0.18μM; Ex. (3i) 0.14μM; Ex. (3j) 0.17μM; Ex. (3k) 0.23μM; Ex. (31) 0.044μM; Ex. (3m) 0.32μM; Ex. (3n) 0.23μM; Ex. (3o) 0.37μM; Ex. (3ρ) 0.56μM; Ex. (3q) 0.12μM; Ex. (3r) 0.5μM; Ex. (3s) 0.38μM; Ex. (3t) 0.042μM; Ex. (3u) 0.13μM; Ex. (3v) O.lόμM; Ex. (3w) 0.5μM; Ex. (3x) 0.24μM; Ex. (3y) 0.74μM; Ex. (3z) 0.34μM; Ex. (3aa) 0.026μM; Ex. (3ab) 0.14μM; Ex. (3ac) 1.6μM; Ex. (3ad) 0.066μM.
Example 4
Figure imgf000195_0001
Benzyl alcohol substrates are reported in Example 1.
The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.08 M). Triethylamine (1 equiv) was added at room temperature, followed by the addition of thionyl chloride (2 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 30°C for 45 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10 to 70 % ethyl acetate in hexane.
Figure imgf000195_0002
7-(3-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine: (72 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS5 ESP): 454 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.15 min
Figure imgf000195_0003
The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.052 M). Thionyl chloride (3.3 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was heated up to 55°C and a solution of triethylamine (1.7 equiv) in CH2Cl2 (0.044 M) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 30°C for 10 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10 to 50 % ethyl acetate in hexane. 7-(4-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-moφholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine: (65 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP) : 454 [MfH]+ R/T = 3.15 min
Figure imgf000196_0001
The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.044 M). Thionyl chloride (3.3 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was heated up to 550C and a solution of triethylamine (1.7 equiv) in CH2Cl2 (0.044 M) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 30°C for 30 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was used without further purification. 7-(3-Chloromethyl-4-fluoro-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholm-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine: (96 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 472 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.96 min
Figure imgf000196_0002
The appropriate benzyl alcohol (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.086 M). Triethylamine (2.5 equiv) and thionyl chloride (2.5 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was heated up to 45° C afor 3 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 10 to 50 % ethyl acetate in hexane.
7-(3-Chloromethyl-4-methoxy-phenyl)-2,4-bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3- d]pyrimidine: (37 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 484 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.21 min
(Compounds 4a to 4ak) R4 = (S)-3-methyl-morpholine R2 = (S)-3-methyl-morphoIine Ar = aryl
Figure imgf000197_0001
Method: Benzylamines, benzylethers and benzylsulfones formation
Conditions A:
The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.067 M). The appropriate amine (80 equiv) as well as triethylamine (1 equiv) was added. The reaction vessels were sealed and the mixtures were stirred for 3 to 5 hours at 95°C. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residues were then purified by preparative
HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions B:
The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in an aqueous ammonia/n- butanol (1.5:1) solution (0.011 M). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at 14O0C. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions C:
The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) and sodium hydroxide (1 equiv) were dissolved in ethanol (0.011 M). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred for
3 hours at 500C. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions D:
The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.022 M). Imidazole (3 equiv) and potassium tert-butoxide (3 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions E:
The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.066 M). Sodium sulfmate (1.3 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 1250C. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions F:
The appropriate chlorobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.6 equiv) triethylamine (1 equiv) and the appropriate amine (1.1 equiv) were suspended in DMF (0.028 M). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at 4O0C. Upon completion the sample was filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH2Cl2 and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Table 4;
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
NMR data for example 4h
'H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.21 (ArH, d, J = 8.39 Hz5 2H), 8.08-8.01 (ArH, m, IH), 7.65 (ArH, d, J = 8.49 Hz, IH), 7.49 (ArH, d, J = 4.85 Hz, 2H), 4.82-4.72 (CH2, m, IH), 4.45 (CH2,+ NH m, 3H), 3.99-3.82 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.69 (CH2, ddd, J = 19.97, 8.86, 5.32 Hz5 8H), 3.53 (CH2, t, J = 5.65, 5.65 Hz5 2H), 3.29-3.15 (CH2, m, 2H), 1.38 (CH3, d, J= 6.75 Hz, 3H)5 1.25 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H)
NMR data for Example 4r 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.19 (ArH, s, IH)5 8.03 (ArH, ddd, J= 8.43, 5.31, 3.28 Hz5 2H)5 7.54-7.37 (ArH5 m, 3H)5 5.00-4.85 (CH, m, IH), 4.68-4.56 (CH2, m, IH)5 4.36 (CH2, ddd, J = 6.83, 4.79, 2.16 Hz, 2H), 4.07-3.92 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.91-3.66 (CH2, m, HH), 3.63- 3.49 (CH2, m, IH)5 3.39 (CH2, dd, J = 13.37, 3.58 Hz, IH), 3.04-2.92 (CH2, m, IH), 2.80 (CH2, d, J = 10.30 Hz, IH), 2.65 (CH2, dd, J = 10.23, 4.92 Hz, IH), 2.52-2.39 (CH2, m, IH), 2.21 (CH2, d, J = 7.02 Hz, IH), 1.89-1.73 (CH2, m, IH), 1.46 (CH3, d, J= 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J= 6.81 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.57, 163.03, 162.50, 160.11, 139.06, 134.83, 130.62, 128.81, 127.10, 113.70, 105.06, 71.44, 71.06, 67.41, 67.25, 67.07, 62.87, 60.08, 52.98, 52.49, 47.07, 44.58, 39.47, 35.02, 14.86 and 14.90. • NMR data for Example 4s
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.22 (ArH, s, IH), 8.11-7.96 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.48 (ArH, dd, J= 10.85, 7.98 Hz, 3H), 4.99-4.86 (CH, m, IH), 4.68-4.55 (CH, m, IH), 4.44-4.30 (CH2, m, 2H), 4.06-3.92 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.93-3.65 (CH2, m, 10H), 3.62-3.50 (CH2, m, IH), 3.39 5 (CH2, dd, J = 13.39, 3.57 Hz, IH), 3.14-3.01 (CH2, m, IH), 2.88 (CH2, d, J = 10.59 Hz, IH), 2.77-2.67 (CH2, m, IH), 2.63-2.43 (CH2, m, IH), 2.31-2.14 (CH2, m, IH), 1.92-1.79 (CH2, m, IH), 1.47 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) ) δ ppm 165.56, 163.03, 162.34, 160.12, 139.16, 134.89, 130.80, 128.94, 128.91, 127.39, 113.69, 105.11, 71.44, 71.21, 71.06, 67.40, 67.06, 62.61, 59.93, 10 52.98, 52.42, 47.08, 44.58, 39.47, 34.88, 31.73, 22.80, 14.86 and 14.91.
Tested in the Biological Assay: Ex. (4f) 0.001967μM.
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (4a) 0.0016μM; Ex. (4b) 0.025μM; Ex. (4c)
0.093 μM; Ex. (4d) 0.013 μM; Ex. (4e) 0.0019μM; Ex. (4f) <0.0027μM; Ex. (4g) 0.13μM; Ex.
15 (4h) 0.031μM; Ex. (4i) 0.027μM; Ex. (4j) 0.054μM; Ex. (4k) O.OlόμM; Ex. (41) 0.0091μM; Ex. (4m) 0.015 μM; Ex. (4n) 0.0071 μM; Ex. (4o) 0.021 μM; Ex. (4p) 0.17μM; Ex. (4q) 0.13μM; Ex. (4r) 0.04μM; Ex. (4s) 0.029μM; Ex. (4t) 0.09μM; Ex. (4u) 0.027μM; Ex. (4v) 0.14μM; Ex. (4w) 0.028μM; Ex. (4x) 0.12μM; Ex. (4y) 0.13μM; Ex. (4z) 0.13μM; Ex. (4aa) 0.2 lμM; Ex. (4ab) 1.1 μM; Ex. (4ac) 0.087μM; Ex. (4ad) 0.081 μM; Ex. (4ae) 0.16μM; Ex.
20 (4af) 0.58μM; Ex. (4ag) 0.54μM; Ex. (4ah) 0.2μM; Ex. (4ai) 0.22μM; Ex. (4aj) 0.46μM; Ex. (4ak) 0.015μM; Ex. (4al) 0.064μM; Ex. (4am) 0.024μM; Ex. (4an) 0.095μM; Ex. (4ao) 0.064μM; Ex. (4aρ) O.l lμM; Ex. (4aq) 0.012μM; Ex. (4ar) 0.06μM; Ex. (4as) 0.091 μM; Ex. (4at) 0.12μM; Ex. (4au) 0.096μM; Ex. (4av) 0.0038μM; Ex. (4aw) O.l lμM; Ex. (4ax) O.lμM; Ex. (4ay) 0.14μM; Ex. (4az) 0.038μM; Ex. (4ba) 0.013μM; Ex. (4bb) 0.032μM; Ex. (4bc)
25 0.076μM; Ex. (4bd) 0.12μM; Ex. (4be) 0.049μM; Ex. (4bf) 0.059μM.
Example 5
Figure imgf000209_0001
30 Benzyl chloride substrates are reported in Example 4. The appropriate benzyl chloride (1 equiv) was dissolved in an ammonium hydroxide and n- butanol (1.5:1) solution (0.01 M). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between brine and ethyl acetate and extracted with ethyl acetate. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5 % methanol in CH2Cl2.
Figure imgf000210_0001
3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-moφholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-ben2ylamine: (81 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 435 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.44 min
Figure imgf000210_0002
5-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-fluoro- benzylamine: (85 % yield, 98 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 453 [MH-H]+ R/T = 3.21 min
Figure imgf000210_0003
4-[2,4-Bis-(3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzylamine: (95 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 435 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.36 min
Figure imgf000211_0001
The appropriate benzyl chloride (1 equiv) was dissolved in a 2 M solution of methylamine in THF (80 equiv). Triethylamine (1 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 95°C for 2.5 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and n-butanol and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 7 % methanol in CH2Cl2.
Figure imgf000211_0002
{3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzyl}-methyl- amine: (77 % yield, 94 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 449 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.44 min
Figure imgf000211_0003
{4- [2,4-Bis-(3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido [2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-benzyl} -methyl-amine: (93 % yield, 87 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 449 [MfH]+ R/T = 2.40 min
Procedures for the synthesis of Examples 5a to 5z
R4 = (S)-3-methyl~morpholine R2 = (S)-3-methyl-morpholine
Figure imgf000211_0004
Conditions A:
The appropriate aminobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.035 M). The appropriate acyl chloride or acid anhydride (2 equiv) as well as triethylaraine (1 equiv) was then added. The mixtures were stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residues were then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions B: The appropriate methylaminobenzyl-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.035 M). The appropriate acyl chloride or acid anhydride (2 equiv) as well as triethylamine (1 equiv) were added. The mixtures were stirred for 12 hours at 950C. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residues were then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Table 5:
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (5a) 0.023 μM; Ex. (5b) 0.054μM; Ex. (5c) 0.12μM; Ex. (5d) 0.12μM; Ex. (5e) 0.12μM; Ex. (5f) 0.37μM; Ex. (5g) 0.12μM; Ex. (5h) 0.19μM; Ex. (5i) 0.2μM; Ex. (5j) 0.31μM; Ex. (5k) 0.89μM; Ex. (51) 0.049μM; Ex. (5m) 1.4μM; Ex. (5n) 0.64μM; Ex. (5o) 0.12μM; Ex. (5p) 0.5μM; Ex. (5q) 0.091μM; Ex. (5r) 0.56μM; Ex. (5s) 0.67μM; Ex. (5t) 0.057μM; Ex. (5u) 0.16μM; Ex. (5v) 0.14μM; Ex. (5w) 0.16μM; Ex. (5x) 0.29μM; Ex. (5y) 0.44μM; Ex. (5z) 1.4μM.
Example 6
Figure imgf000217_0001
The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in n-butanol (0.055 M). 2- forrnylfuran-3-boronic acid (1.0 equiv), potassium carbonate (1.2 equiv), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium° (0.05 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (110 0C, medium absorption setting) for 15 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was filtered through a silica cartridge and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 40 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired product.
Figure imgf000217_0002
3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ρyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-furan-2- carbaldehyde: (26 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 424 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.81 min (Compound 6a)
Figure imgf000218_0001
The above product was dissolved in THF (0.018 M) and sodium borohydride (2 equiv) was added. This mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 5 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was filtered through a silica cartridge and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
Table 6:
Figure imgf000218_0003
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (6a) 0.013 μM.
Example 7
Figure imgf000218_0002
The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1. The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.16 M). 5-formyl-2- furylboronic acid (1.05 equiv), tripotassium phosphate (1.5 equiv) and bis(tri-t- butylphosphine)palladium (0.05 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (170 0C, medium absorption setting) for 45 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 40 to 100 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired product.
Figure imgf000219_0001
5 - [2,4-Bis-(3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-furan-2-carboxaldehyde: (100 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 424 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.75 min
(Compounds 7a to 7k)
Figure imgf000219_0002
The appropriate formylfuran-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a THF/CH2C12 (1:1) solution (0.036 M). The appropriate amines (2.2 equiv) sodium borohydride (2.4 equiv) and acetic acid (0.03 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with methanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Table 7:
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (7a) 0.59μM; Ex. (7b) 0.13μM; Ex. (7c) 0.091μM; Ex. (7d) 0.097μM; Ex. (7e) 0.15μM; Ex. (7f) 0.12μM; Ex. (7g) 0.17μM; Ex. (7h) 0.33μM; Ex. (7i) 0.079μM; Ex. (7j) 0.12μM; Ex. (7k) 0.14μM. Example 8 (Compounds 8a to 8b)
Figure imgf000222_0001
The methylbenzoic ester substrates were reported in Example 1.
Conditions A:
Example lba (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.16 M). Ethanolamine (51.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 50 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a gradient 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to afford the desired product. Conditions B: Example lbg (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.05 M). Ethanolamine (2.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 2 X 20 minutes. Upon completion the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2 and extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a gradient 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to afford the desired product.
Figure imgf000222_0002
Conditions C:
To a solution of the appropriate carboxylic acid derivative (1 equiv) suspended in CH2Cl2 was added HBTU (1.3 equiv) followed by diisopropylethylamine (3 equiv). The mixture was cooled (-78 0C) and the appropriate amine added (1.1 equiv). The mixture was stirred for 3 hrs before being concentrated to dryness and purified by preparative HPLC to give the desire products.
Table 8:
Figure imgf000223_0001
NMR data for Example 8a
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.55 (ArH, s, IH), 8.09 (ArH, d, J = 7.85 Hz, IH), 7.95 (ArH, d, J = 8.42 Hz, IH), 7.86 (ArH, d, J = 7.86 Hz, IH), 7.49-7.33 (ArH, m, 2H), 4.89-4.75 (CH, m, IH), 4.56-4.46 (CH, m, IH), 4.38-4.26 (CH2, m, IH), 3.97-3.87 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.85- 3.75 (CH2, m,4H), 3.72-3.55 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.53-3.44 (CH2, m, IH), 3.34-3.24 (CH2, m, IH)5 1.41 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.28 (CH3, d, J= 6.82 Hz, 3H). Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (8a) 0.028μM; Ex. (8b) 0.079μM; Ex. (8c) 0.13μM; Ex. (8d) 2μM.
Example 9 (Compound 9a)
Figure imgf000224_0001
The benzyl alcohol substrate was reported in Example 1.
Example lbc (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.022 M). Sodium fert-butoxide (3.0 equiv) and iodomethane (10.0 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. Upon completion the sample was filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
Table 9:
Figure imgf000224_0002
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (9a) 0.088μM. Example 10 (Compound 10a)
Figure imgf000225_0001
The pyridinone substrate was reported in Example 13.
Example 13c (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.1 M). Potassium carbonate (1.1 equiv) and iodomethane (1.1 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was stirred at 1000C for 2 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
Table 10:
Figure imgf000225_0002
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (1 Oa) 0.11 μM. Example 11 (Compound lla)
Figure imgf000226_0001
The sulfonamide substrate was reported in Example 1.
Example lat (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.1 M). Potassium carbonate (2.0 equiv) and iodomethane (1.5 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was heated at 1000C for 2 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
Table 11:
Figure imgf000226_0002
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (1 Ia) 0.37μM. Example 12
Figure imgf000227_0001
To a solution of the appropriate 7-substituted-lH-pteridine-2,4-dione (1 equiv) in anhydrous toluene (sufficient to make a 0.1 M solution) was added Hunig's base (3 equiv). A reflux condenser was attached to the reaction vessel and the mixture heated, under an inert atmosphere) to 70 0C for 30 minutes. After this time, the reaction was cooled to 40 0C whereupon POCl3 (3 equiv) was added. The mixture was then heated, with stirring, to 110 0C for 3 hrs. Upon completion, the reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo to give a tarry residue which was dissolved in the minimum volume of CH2Cl2 and filtered through a thick silica pad. The resulting filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the desired 2,4-dichloro-7- substituted-pteridine product (typically 65-99 % yield) in suitably pure form to be used without any further purification.
2,4-Dichloro-7-p-tolyl-pteridine;R7=toluyl, R2= Cl, R4=C1, X=N, Y=C, Z=N: (61 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): Did not ionize, R/T = 3.27 min
2,4-Dichloro-7-phenyl-pteridine;R7=phenyl, R2= Cl, R4=C1, X=N, Y=C, Z=N: (66 % yield, 99 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): Did not ionize, R/T = 3.10 min
Figure imgf000227_0002
To a cooled (-5 0C) solution of the appropriate amine (1 equiv = R4) in N5N- dimethylacetamide (sufficient to make 0.2 M solutiion) was added the appropriate 2,4- dichloro-7-substituted-pteridine (1 equiv added as a 0.04 M solution in N,N- dimethylacetamide). After approx 10 minutes Hunig's base was added (1 equiv) and the resultant mixture stirred at -5 0C for 30 minutes. After this time, the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature, whereupon the appropriate amine (1 equiv = R2) and Hunig's base (1 equiv) were then added. The resultant mixture was heated to 60 0C and maintained at this temperature, with stirring, for 16 hours. Upon completion, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature before being purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Table 12
Figure imgf000228_0001
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (12a) 0.02669μM; Ex. (12b) 0.2147μM; Ex. (12c) 0.04872μM; Ex. (12d) 0.0263μM; Ex. (12e) 0.5414μM.
Example 13 (Compounds 13a to 13f)
Figure imgf000229_0001
The pyridine substrates were reported in Example 1. Conditions A: Example Iw (1 equiv) was dissolved in a dry THF/methanol (1:1) solution (0.057 M). Sodium hydride (4.5 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes under nitrogen. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 40 minutes. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions B:
Example Iw (1 equiv) was dissolved in dry THF (0.057 M). Dimethylethanolamine (10.0 equiv) and sodium hydride (5.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes under nitrogen. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions C: Example lau (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMSO (0.59 M). 8N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (50.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion concentrated aqueous HCl was added carefully. The mixture was neutralized with 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The suspension was diluted with methanol then filtered through a sintered funnel. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions D:
Example lau (1 equiv) was dissolved in NMP (0.1 M). Potassium cyanide (20.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 46 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50 to 100 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired product. Conditions E:
Example lau (1 equiv) was dissolved in NMP (0.1 M). Potassium cyanide (20.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 46 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 50 to 100 % ethyl acetate in hexane first, then eluting with 10 % methanol in CH2Cl2. The crude fractions were then further purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions F:
Example lah (1 equiv) was dissolved in NMP (0.1 M). Potassium cyanide (8.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (180 0C, medium absorption setting) for 40 minutes. Upon completion the sample was filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Table 13;
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0002
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (13a) 0.2μM; Ex. (13b) 0.33μM; Ex. (13c) 0.14μM; Ex. (13d) 0.48μM; Ex. (13e) 0.19μM; Ex. (13f) O.lόμM; Ex. (13g) O.l lμM.
Example 14
(Compounds 14a-14b)
Figure imgf000232_0001
The ester substrate was reported in Example 1.
Ester hydrolysis: Conditions A
Example lbg (1 equiv) was dissolved in methanol (0.2 M). IM Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (5.0 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was neutralised with IM aqueous HCl and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 10 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product. Amide formation: Conditions B Example lbg (1 equiv) was suspended in THF (0.05 M). Thionyl chloride (2.5 equiv) was added dropwise at 40°C. The reaction mixture was then heated for an hour at 40°C. Ammonia gas was then slowly bubbled into the reaction mixture. THF was then added for further dilution (0.025 M) and the reaction mixture was heated for an hour at 4O0C. Upon completion the reaction mixture was cooled down and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product.
Table 14:
Figure imgf000233_0001
NMR data for Example 14a
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.82-8.69 (ArH, m, IH), 8.68-8.56 (ArH5 m, IH), 8.03- 7.90 (ArH, m, IH), 7.52-7.39 (ArH, m, IH), 7.18-7.05 (ArH, m, IH), 4.92-4.80 (CH, m, IH), 4.61-4.47 (CH, m, IH), 4.37-4.27 (CH2, m, IH), 4.07 (OCH3, s, 3H), 4.00-3.87 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.85-3.60 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.57-3.24 (CH2, m, 3H)5 1.41 (CH3, d, J = 6.65 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (CH3, d, J = 6.74 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.33, 134.98, 134.96, 132.64, 132.61, 132.58, 119.77, 112.83, 112.11, 100.01, 71.29, 70.90, 67.24, 66.91, 52.80, 46.96, 44.44, 39.34 and 14.74. 5
NMR data for Example 14b
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.83 (ArH, d, J = 2.46 Hz, IH), 8.64 (ArH, dd, J = 8.76, 2.49 Hz, IH), 8.01 (ArH, d, J = 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.71 (NH, s, br, IH), 7.57 (ArH, d, J = 8.50 Hz, IH), 7.13 (ArH, d, J = 8.83 Hz, IH), 5.79 (NH, s, br, IH), 5.00-4.84 (CH, m, IH), 4.62
10 (CH, dd, J - 13.82, 0.70 Hz, IH), 4.37 (CH2, d, J= 6.77 Hz, IH)5 4.05 (OCH3, s, 3H), 4.03- 3.94 (CH2, m,2H), 3.91-3.79 (CH2, m, 3H), 3.79-3.63 (CH2, m, 4H), 3.64-3.51 (CH2, m, IH), 3.44-3.30 (CH2, m, IH), 1.47 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 166.58, 165.45, 162.87, 159.99, 159.22, 134.71, 133.75, 131.84, 131.65, 120.52, 113.07, 111.87, 104.80, 102.94, 71.33, 70.94, 67.29, 66.94, 56.28,
15 52.80, 46.93, 44.49, 39.33, 14.72 and 14.34.
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (14a) 0.00015μM; Ex. (14b) 0.0032μM.
Example 15
Figure imgf000234_0001
20
The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.
To a mixture of 7-chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)- pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (1.2 equiv), and 3-BOC- 25 aminophenylboronic acid (1.2 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.08 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with ethyl acetate and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was used as such in the next reaction.
Figure imgf000235_0001
{3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester: (95 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 520.9 [M+H]+ R7T = 3.23 min
The above product (1 equiv) was dissolved in a TFA/ CH2Cl2 solution (1:20) (0.018 M). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The aqueous phase was neutralized with IN aqueous sodium hydroxide. Combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was used as such in the next reaction.
Figure imgf000235_0002
3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]ρyrimidin-7-yl]-ρhenylamine: (100 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 520.9 [MfH]+ R/T = 2.72 min
(Compound 15a)
Figure imgf000235_0003
The above product (1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.013 M). Chloroethanesulfonyl chloride (3.5 equiv) was gently added to the reaction mixture at O0C and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. 8N Aqueous sodium hydroxide (50 equiv) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated at 4O0C for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 5 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product.
Figure imgf000236_0001
3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl] -phenylamine ( 1 equiv) was dissolved in THF (0.1 M). Pyridine (10 equiv) and isopropylsulfonyl chloride (10 equiv) were added to the reaction mixture at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 9O0C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water.
Organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 60 % EtOAc in hexane to give the desired product.
Figure imgf000236_0002
3-[2,4-Bis-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenylamine (1 equiv) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.24 M). Tetrahydro-2-furoic acid (1.1 equiv), HBTU (2.0 equiv) and triethylamine (2 equiv) were added and the reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and water. Organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 to 4 % MeOH in TBME to give the desired product.
Table 15:
Figure imgf000237_0001
NMR data for Example 15b
1H NMR (300 MHz), CDCl3 δ ppm 8.00-7.94 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.81 (ArH, td, J = 7.12, 1.52,
1.52 Hz, IH), 7.45-7.32 (ArH, m, 3H), 6.84 (NH, s, br, IH), 4.93-4.80 (CH2, m, IH), 4.55 10 (CH2, d, J = 12.97 Hz, IH), 4.38-4.25 (CH2, m, IH), 4.01-3.57 (CH2, m, 9H), 3.57-3.45 (CH2, m, IH), 3.36 - 3.32 (CH2, m, 2H), 1.42 (CH3, d, J = 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.37-1.26 (3 X CH3, m,
9H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.36, 162.85, 161.36, 159.98, 140.27, 137.89, 134.92,
129.80, 124.03, 121.31, 119.64, 113.30, 105.19, 71.28, 70.91, 67.25, 66.91, 52.89, 52.87, 15 44.42, 39.33, 31.60, 22.66, 16.60, 14.75 and 14.36. NMR data for Example 15c 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3COCD3.δ ppm 8.52 (ArH, s, IH), 8.24 (ArH, d, J = 8.48 Hz, IH), 7.91-7.80 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.62 (ArH, d, J= 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.46 (ArH, t, J= 7.94, 7.94 Hz, IH), 6.48 (NH, br, s, IH), 4.84-4.70 (CH2, m, IH), 4.53-4.33 (CH2, m, 3H), 4.09-3.79 (CH2, m, 5H), 3.80-3.56 (CH2, m, 5H), 3.49-3.40 (CH2, m, IH), 3.23 - 3.28 (CH2, m, IH), 2.20 (CH2, d, J = 6.66 Hz, IH), 2.11-1.81 (CH2, m, 4H), 1.39 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (CH3, d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3COCD3) δ ppm 171.66, 160.37, 147.37, 145.71, 138.93, 138.46, 135.69, 128.98, 126.26, 126.11, 122.52, 121.58, 118.91, 118.37, 104.46, 77.93, 70.31, 70.13, 68.81, 66.28, 66.15, 51.77, 46.41, 43.85, 29.98, 25.06, 14.39 and 13.92. Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (15a) 0.0043μM; Ex. (15c) 0.33μM. Tested in phosρho-Ser473 Akt assay: Ex. (15b) 0.5051 μM.
Example 16 (Compound 16a)
Figure imgf000238_0001
The aminopyridine substrate was reported in Example 1.
Example Iu (1 equiv) was dissolved in pyridine (0.11 M). Acetic anhydride (5.0 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 7O0C for 6 hours. Upon completion the sample was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Table 16:
Figure imgf000239_0002
NMR data for Example 16a
1R NMR (300 MHz5CDCl3) δ ppm 8.18-8.12 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.05 (ArH, d, J = 8.42 Hz, IH), 7.52-7.40 (ArH, m, 3H), 4.96 (CH, d, br, J = 4.93 Hz, IH), 4.66 (CH, d, br, J = 12.90 Hz, IH), 4.40 (d, br, J = 6.71 Hz, IH), 4.07-3.54 (CH2, m, 1 IH), 3.47-3.35 (CH, m, IH), 1.51 (CH3, d, J = 6.79 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (CH3, d, J = 6.82 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.41, 162.93, 161.83, 160.02, 137.14, 136.13, 134.84, 129.19, 128.77, 112.99, 105.03, 71.29, 70.91, 67.26, 66.91, 52.85, 46.95, 44.46, 39.34, 14.73 and 14.37.
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (16a) 0.034μM.
Example 17 (Compound 17a)
Figure imgf000239_0001
The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in toluene (0.07 M). Phenol (1.0 equiv), palladium acetate (0.05 equiv), BINAP (0.05 equiv) and tripotassium phosphate (1.0 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the samples was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product.
Table 17;
Figure imgf000240_0002
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (17a) 0.52μM.
Example 18
Figure imgf000240_0001
The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 1.
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), and the appropriate boronic acid (1.1 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.033 M of chloro- substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The suspension was sonicated while degassed with nitrogen for 5 minutes then heated to 95 0C for 2 hours. Upon completion the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to half original volume. The crude residue was extracted with CH2Cl2 and the combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The residue was sonicated in diethyl ether, collected by vacuum filtration to give the desired product as a yellow powder.
Figure imgf000241_0001
{5-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy- phenyl} -methanol: (78 % yield, 100 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 401 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.47 min
Figure imgf000241_0002
{ 3 -[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3 -methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-phenyl } - methanol: (90 % yield, 90 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 371 [M+H]+ R/T = 4.06 min
Alternatively, to a stirred mixture of bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.05 equiv) and potassium acetate (3 equiv) in N-methylpyrrolidine (13.5 equiv), purged with nitrogen, was added the corresponding bromobenzylalcohol (1 equiv) followed by PdCl2(dppf) (0.02 equiv). The mixture was then heated to 60 0C and held for lOmin, then heated to 70 0C and held for 15min and finally heated to 80 0C and held for Ih. The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was then added followed by PdCl2(dppf) (0.02 equiv) and N-methylpyrrolidine (4.5 equiv). The temperature was then held at 75 0C, then 4.3M aqueous potassium carbonate (3.5 equiv) was added over 13min, then water (12 equiv) was added and the reaction was stirred at 75 0C for 90min. Water (144 equiv) was then added slowly over 70min with stirring while the temperature was reduced to 66 0C. The temperature of the stirred mixture was then kept at 64 0C for 30min, then cooled to 20 0C over 2.5h, and held at 20 0C overnight. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the solid washed first with a 3:1 water:N-methylpyrrolidone mixture (18 equiv of water), then washed with water (24 equiv) and then washed with ethyl actetate (4 x 4.4equiv). The solid was then dried in a vacuum oven at 50 0C to leave the title compound in suitable clean form to be used without any further purification. For example, {5-[2-Chloro- 4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-ρyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-methoxy-phenyl}-methanol: (73 % yield)
(Compounds 18a to 18do)
Figure imgf000242_0001
Conditions A:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.04 M). Tripotassium phosphate (1.5 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (secondary amine) (1.5 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (200 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions B:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in a propan-2-ol and aqueous ammonia (1:3) solution (0.02 M). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions C:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (secondary amine) (1.5 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions D:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.04 M). Tripotassium phosphate (3.0 equiv), xantphos (0.05 equiv), palladium acetate (0.05 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (amine) (1.5 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (150 0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions E:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1.0 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (secondary amine, with BOC-protected amino side chain) (1.5 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. To the crude residue was then added a 4 M solution of HCl in dioxane (0.15 M). The reaction mixtures were stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Upon completion the samples were basified with a 2 N sodium hydroxide solution. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products . Conditions F:
The appropriate nucleophile (substituted imidazole) (10.0 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0. 4 M). Sodium hydride (5.0 equiv) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes under nitrogen and a solution of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1.0 equiv) in DMF (0.075 M) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (150 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, eluted with CH2Cl2 and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue were then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions G:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (secondary amine) (4.5 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 40 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions H: The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (0.04 M).
Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (secondary, amine) (10.0 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 60 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative
HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions I:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a solution of 1 % DMA in dioxane (0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (secondary amine) (10.0 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (180 0C, medium absorption setting) for 60 minutes.
Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions J: The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a solution of 1 % DMA in dioxane (0.04 M). Diisopropylethylamine (7.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile
(secondary amine) (3.0 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (150 0C, medium absorption setting) for 60 minutes.
Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions K:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.075 M). Potassium carbonate (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (alcohol) (10.0 equiv) were then added.
The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (120 0C, medium absorption setting) for 20 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions L:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMF (0.075 M). Potassium carbonate (5.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (alcohol) (20.0 equiv) were then added.
The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (150 0C, medium absorption setting) for 40 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions M:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.13 M). Diisopropylethylamine (2.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (amine) (2.0 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was heated to 100 0C for 3 hours. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water and the aqueous layer further extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue which was purified by recrystallisation from diethyl ether. Conditions N:
5-[2-Chloro-4-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-pyridin-2-ylamine (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.21 M). Diisopropylethylamine (1.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (amine) (1.1 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water and the aqueous layer further extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with 0 % to 10 % MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the desired product. Conditions O:
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMA (0.16 M). Diisopropylethylamine (1.0 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (amine) (1.2 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was heated to 80 0C for 48 hours. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and the organic layer washed with brine. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4), filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired product. Conditions P: The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in anisole (0.25 M) (10 vol). Diisopropylethylamine (1.3 equiv) and the appropriate nucleophile (amine) (1.3 equiv) were then added. The reaction vessel was heated to 125 0C and stirred for 1 Ih. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to 50 0C. Aqueous 20% citric acid solution (7 vol) was added, stirred for 5min and then allowed to separate partitioned. The aqueous layer was removed and retained. The organic layer was then extracted with a further aliquot of aqueous 20 % citric acid solution (3 vol). The orgainic layer discarded, and the aqueous layers 5 combined. The combined aqueous layers were washed first with anisole (5 vol), then 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1.23 vol) was added slowly. The resulting aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (lOvol). The aqueous layer was discarded and the organic layer was washed first with 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (5 vol) and then water (5 vol). The organic layer was then slurried with silicycle Si-thiourea scavenger at 50
10 0C for 2h, then the scavenger was filtered off and washed with ethyl actetate (2 x 1 vol). The organic phase was cooled to 20 0C, seeded to start crystallization and stirred until a slurry obtained. The slurry was heated to 50 0C under vacuum and ethyl acetate (3 vol) was removed by vacuum distillation. 2-Methylpentane (3.4vol) was added and the mixture heated to 60 0C and then slowly cooled to 20 0C over 2h. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the
15 solid washed with 1:1 ethyl actetate :pentane (2 x 0.5vol). The solid was then dried in a vacuum oven at 50 0C to leave the desired product. For example, compound Ia was obtained (50.4% yield). The crude product (1 equiv) was dissolved in DMSO (5 vol based on product weight) at 50 0C. Water (2 vol) was added and the mixture stirred at 50 0C until product crystallizes. The slurry was heated to 60 0C and then water (3vol) was added slowly over
20 30min so that the temperature was maintained at 60 0C. The mixture was slowly cooled to 20 0C over 2h, and then held at 20 0C for 30min. The resulting slurry was filtered, and the solid washed with 2:1 wateπDMSO (0.5:1 vol), and then water (3 x 2vol). The solid was then dried in a vacuum oven at 50 0C to leave the desired product.
25 Table 18:
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
NMR data for Example 18b
1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.85 (ArH, d, J= 2.46 Hz, IH), 8.64 (ArH, dd, J= 8.75, 2.48 Hz, IH), 8.30 (OH, s, br, IH), 8.04 (ArH, d, J = 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.59 (ArH, d, J = 8.54 Hz, IH), 7.14 (ArH, d, J = 8.83 Hz, IH), 5.03-4.91 (CH2, m, IH), 4.66 (CH2, dd, J = 13.05, 5 0.77 Hz5 IH), 4.41 (CH2, d, J = 6.75 Hz, IH), 4.07 (OCH3, s,3H), 4.04-3.98 (CH2, m, IH), 3.97-3.68 (CH2, m, HH), 3.60 (CH2, d, J= 2.75 Hz, IH), 3.41 (CH2, s, IH), 1.50 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (CH3, d, J = 6.81 Hz, 3H)
NMR data for Example 18k
10 1H NMR (SOO MHZ, CHCl3) δ ppm 10.59-10.51 (OH, m, IH), 8.18 (ArH, dd, J= 4.42, 2.17 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (ArH, d, J = 8.45 Hz, IH), 7.44 (ArH, d, J = 8.48 Hz, IH), 7.01 (ArH, d, J = 9.22 Hz, IH), 4.81 (CH2OH, s, 2H), 4.37-4.11 (CH2, m, 3H), 4.09-3.65 (OCH3 + CH2, m, 13H), 2.02-1.94 (CH2, m, IH), 1.73 - 1.38 (CH2, m, IH), 1.50 (CH3, d, J = 6.77 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 162.05, 161.84, 161.81, 159.16, 150.47, 134.52, 129.29,
15 128.68, 128.43, 127.47, 117.04, 112.75, 110.28, 104.93, 104.30, 70.96, 67.12, 66.95, 66.77, 61.97, 55.57, 52.75, 50.99, 44.48 and 14.72.
NMR data for Example 18v
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.07 (ArH, dd, J = 7.09, 2.14 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (ArH, d, J = 20 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.33 (ArH, d, J = 8.49 Hz, IH), 6.91 (ArH, d, J= 9.31 Hz, IH), 6.88 (NH, S,
Br, IH)5 5.34 (NH, s, Br, IH)5 4.95 (CH2, dd, J = 12.22, 0.66 Hz, 2H), 4.70 (CH2OH, s, 2H)5
4.34-4.20 (CH, m, IH), 3.93-3.53 (OCH3, + CH2, m, 10H), 2.91 (CH2, d, J= 12.29 Hz, 2H),
2.38 (CH2, s, 2H)5 1.89 (CH2, dd, J = 6.92, 6.38 Hz, 2H), 1.76-1.54 (CH2, m, 3H), 1.38 (CH3, d, J = 6.76 Hz, 3H) 25 13C NMR (75 MHz5 CDCl3) δ ppm 176.91, 165.39, 162.98, 161.80, 160.14, 159.13, 134.52,
131.20, 129.28, 128.84, 128.44, 119.99, 112.70, 110.26, 104.34, 70.97, 67.10, 66.94, 61.97,
55.57, 52.76,44.52, 43.73, 43.69, 43.16, 26.88, and 14.70.
NMR data for Example 18ab
30 1H NMR (300 MHz5 CDCl3) δ ppm 8.19 (ArH5 d, J = 7.14 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (ArH5 d, J= 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.43 (ArH, d, J= 8.42 Hz5 IH), 7.01 (ArH, d, J = 9.13 Hz, IH), 4.82 (CH2OH5 s, 2H), 4.71-4.59 (CH2, m, IH), 4.47-4.35 (CH2, m, IH), 3.97 (OCH3, s, 3H), 3.85 (CH2, ddd, J = 17.63, 13.74, 9.24 Hz, 8H), 2.12 (CH2, s, Br, 5H), 1.50 (CH3 d, J = 6.75 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) ppm 159.35, 159.10, 134.61, 131.26, 129.22, 128.89, 128.54, 112.41, 110.21, 104.39, 71.06, 66.95, 61.99, 55.56, 52.80, 44.51, 27.01 and 14.78.
NMR data for Example 18ax
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.27-8.17 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.00 (ArH, d, J = 8.50 Hz, IH), 7.45 (ArH, d, J = 8.51 Hz, IH), 7.01 (ArH, d, J = 8.65 Hz, IH), 5.40 (NH, br, s, IH), 4.81 (CH2OH, s, 2H), 4.49-4.35 (CH2, m, IH), 3.97 (OCH3, s, 3H), 3.93-3.64 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.58- 3.48 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.43 (OCH3, s, 3H), 1.49 (CH3, d, J= 6.71 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH3, d, J = 6.68 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.67, 161.56, 160.64, 159.19, 134.53, 129.27, 128.83, 128.39, 112.53, 110.30, 76.23, 70.98, 67.00, 62.02, 59.18, 55.57, 52.73, 44.31, 18.23, 18.20 and 14.85.
NMR data for Example 18bn
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.23-8.15 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.99 (ArH, d, J = 8.45 Hz, IH), 7.42 (ArH, d, J= 8.46 Hz, IH), 7.00 (ArH, d, J = 8.35 Hz, IH), 4.81 (CH2OH, s, 2H), 4.65 (CH, s, br, IH), 4.05-3.64 (OCH3 + CH2, m, 13H), 3.24 (OH, s, IH), 1.50 (CH3, d, J= 6.73 Hz5 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.18, 162.87, 159.34, 159.06, 134.57, 131.25, 129.26, 128.84, 128.47, 112.36, 110.20, 104.35, 71.00, 70.97, 66.94, 61.91, 55.55, 52.82, 44.43, 27.01 and 14.87.
NMR data for Example 18bo
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.28-8.17 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.00 (ArH, d, J = 8.49 Hz, IH), 7.45 (ArH, d, J= 8.50 Hz, IH), 7.02 (ArH, d, J = 8.60 Hz, IH), 5.51-5.34 (CH, m, IH), 4.81 (CH2OH5 s, 2H), 4.47-4.34 (CH, m, IH), 4.00 (CH2, d, J = 1.94 Hz, IH), 3.97 (OCH3, s, 3H)5 3.93-3.89 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.83-3.63 (CH2, m, 4H), 3.53 (CH2, d,br, J = 4.02 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (OCH3, s, 3H), 1.50 (CH3, d, J = 6.73 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (CH3, d, J = 6.69 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.69, 161.55, 160.67, 159.19, 134.52, 131.15, 129.26, 128.84, 128.41, 119.72, 112.58, 110.30, 70.98, 67.12, 67.00, 62.05, 59.18, 55.58, 52.73, 44.32, 18.20 and 14.84.
' NMR data for Example 18di
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.10-8.03 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.95 (ArH, d, J = 8.41 Hz, IH)5 7.42-7.30 (ArH, m, 3H), 5.52-5.27 (NH2, m, br,2H), 4.98 (CH2, dd, J= 12.74, 0.96 Hz, 2H), 4.31-4.29 (CH, m, IH), 3.97-3.55 (CH2, m, 8H), 3.07-2.86 (CH2, m, 2H), 2.45-2.35 (CH2, m, IH), 1.99-1.88 (CH2, m, br, 2H), 1.70 (CH2, m, 2H), 1.41 (CH3, d, J= 6.76 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 176.75, 170.03, 165.35, 162.99, 161.12, 160.17, 137.17, 136.10, 134.83, 129.19, 128.76, 112.81, 104.86, 100.00, 70.95, 67.12, 66.91, 52.83, 44.50, 43.72, 43.68, 43.10, 28.88 and 14.73.
NMR data for Example 18dk
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.67 (ArH, d, J = 1.86 Hz, IH), 8.38 (ArH, dd, J - 8.76, 2.36 Hz, IH), 8.29 (NH, s, weak signal, IH), 7.91 (ArH, d, J = 8.45 Hz, IH), 7.27 (ArH, d, J = 8.46 Hz, IH), 6.58 (ArH, d, J = 8.75 Hz, IH), 5.54-5.45 (CH2, m, IH), 4.97 (NH2, br, s, 2H), 4.37-4.24 (CH2, m, IH), 3.97-3.54 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.09-2.87 (CH2, m, 2H), 2.77 (NHCH3, d, J = 4.82 Hz, 3H), 2.42-2.24 (CH2, m, IH), 1.87 (CH2, d, J = 0.84 Hz, 2H), 1.79-1.59 (CH2, m, 2H), 1.40 (CH3, d, J = 6.76 Hz, 3H).
NMR data for Example 18dl
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb δ ppm 8.68 (ArH, d, J = 1.98 Hz, IH), 8.49 (ArH, dd, J = 8.87, 2.32 Hz, IH), 8.38 (NH, s, br,weak signal IH), 7.99 (ArH, d, J = 8.47 Hz, IH), 7.34 (ArH, d, J = 8.49 Hz, IH), 6.67 (ArH, d, J = 8.85 Hz, IH), 4.38 (CH2, d, J = 6.77 Hz, IH), 4.05-3.82 (CH2, m, 7H), 3.81-3.62 (CH2, m, 7H), 1.47 (CH3, d, J= 6.77 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 165.16, 162.79, 160.31, 159.09, 158.45, 143.98, 139.12, 135.00, 124.48, 111.80, 110.03, 104.70, 70.92, 67.00, 66.90, 52.81, 44.57, 44.40 and 14.78. NMR data for Example 18dm
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3.δ ppm 8.67 (ArH, d, J = 2.05 Hz, IH), 8.36 (ArH, dd, J = 8.76, 2.27 Hz, IH), 7.90 (ArH, dd, J = 8.45, 2.12 Hz, IH), 7.26 (ArH, dd, J = 8.47, 0.73 Hz, IH), 6.57 (ArH, d, J = 8.76 Hz, IH), 5.10-4.87 (NH2, m, 2H), 4.37-4.22 (CH2, m, IH), 3.96-3.51 (CH2, m, 6H), 3.08 (NCH3 + CH2, s, 4H), 2.95-2.91 (NCH3, s, 3H), 2.80-2.59 (CH2, m, IH), 1.76 (CH2, d, J = 2.61 Hz, 3H), 1.64-1.44 (CH, m, IH), 1.38 (CH3, t, J = 6.34, 6.34 Hz, 3H). 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 173.59, 165.46, 165.31, 163.03, 160.17, 158.89, 145.99, 138.35, 134.76, 124.89, 111.71, 109.15, 104.41, 70.96, 66.96, 52.81, 46.85, 44.38, 39.43, 37.26, 35.56, 28.06, 24.95 and 14.71.
NMR data for Example 18dn
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCIj δ ppm 8.10 (ArH, d, J= 7.89 Hz, 2H), 7.97 (ArH, d, J= 8.49 Hz, IH), 7.42 (ArH, d, J= 8.46 Hz, IH), 6.98 (ArH, d, J= 8.55 Hz, IH), 4.88 (CH2, d, J= 5.25 Hz, IH), 4.77 (CH2OH, s, 2H), 4.56 (CH2, d, J= 13.38 Hz, IH), 4.38 - 4.36 (CH2, m, IH), 4.02 - 3.51 (OCH3 + CH2, m, HH), 3.43 - 3.33 (CH2, m, IH), 1.47 (CH3, d, J= 6.77 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J= 6.78 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3COCD3) δ ppm 165.11, 162.27, 161.87, 159.54, 159.23, 134.74, 130.76, 129.41, 128.86, 128.39, 113.09, 110.32, 104.45, 71.20, 70.95, 67.17, 66.91, 61.80, 55.57, 52.82, 47.05, 44.44, 39.45, 14.74 and 14.44.
NMR data for Example 18do
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3 δ ppm 8.10 (ArH, d, J= 8.76 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (ArH, d, J= 8.49 Hz, IH), 7.42 (ArH, d, J= 8.46 Hz, IH), 6.97 (ArH, d, J= 8.37 Hz, IH), 4.88 (CH2, d, J= 5.46 Hz, IH), 4.77 (CH2OH, s, 2H), 4.58 - 4.49 (CH2, m, IH), 4.39 - 4.36 (CH2, d J= 7.41 Hz, IH), 4.02 - 3.51 (OCH3 + CH2, m, 1 IH), 3.43 - 3.33 (CH2, m, IH), 1.48 (CH3, d, J= 6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (CH3, d, J= 6.78 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (75 MHz, CD3COCD3) δ ppm 165.05, 161.87, 159.45, 159.24, 134.78, 130.70, 129.44, 128.86, 128.38, 113.14, 110.33, 104.43, 71.19, 70.95, 67.16, 66.90, 61.77, 55.57, 52.82, 47.08, 44.44, 39.47, 14.76 and 14.44. Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (18a) 0.03 μM; Ex. (18b) 0.1 μM; Ex. (18c)
0.066μM; Ex. (18d) 0.15μM; Ex. (18e) 0.039μM; Ex. (18f) 0.038μM; Ex. (18g) 0.031μM; Ex. (18h) 0.23μM; Ex. (18i) 0.03μM; Ex. (18j) 0.088μM; Ex. (18k) 0.019μM; Ex. (181) 0.097μM; Ex. (18m) 0.042μM; Ex. (18n) 0.31μM; Ex. (18o) 0.51μM; Ex. (18p) 0.25μM; Ex.
(18q) O.llμM; Ex. (18r) 0.18μM; Ex. (18s) 0.037μM; Ex. (18t) 0.054μM; Ex. (18u)
0.073μM; Ex. (18v) 0.014μM; Ex. (18w) 0.25μM; Ex. (18x) 0.014μM; Ex. (18y) 0.023μM;
Ex. (18z) 0.088μM; Ex. (18aa) 0.019μM; Ex. (18ab) 0.012μM; Ex. (18ac) 0.014μM; Ex. (18ad) 0.078μM; Ex. (18ae) 0.034μM; Ex. (18af) 0.23μM; Ex. (18ag) 0.25μM; Ex. (18ah)
0.03 μM; Ex. (18ai) 0.063 μM; Ex. (18aj) 0.022μM; Ex. (18ak) 0.42μM; Ex. (18al) 0.36μM;
Ex. (18am) 0.077μM; Ex. (18an) 0.14μM; Ex. (18ao) 0.073μM; Ex. (18ap) 0.013μM; Ex.
(18aq) 0.19μM; Ex. (18ar) 0.079μM; Ex. (18as) 0.08μM; Ex. (18at) 0.78μM; Ex. (18au)
0.1 lμM; Ex. (18av) 0.27μM; Ex. (18aw) 0.058μM; Ex. (18ax) 0.026μM; Ex. (18ay) 0.087μM; Ex. (18az) 0.092μM; Ex. (18ba) O.lόμM; Ex. (18bb) 0.65μM; Ex. (18bc)
0.043μM; Ex. (18bd) 0.19μM; Ex. (18be) 0.79μM; Ex. (18bf) 0.077μM; Ex. (18bg)
0.047μM; Ex. (18bh) 0.04μM; Ex. (18bi) 0.32μM; Ex. (18bj) 0.024μM; Ex. (18bk) 0.022μM;
Ex. (18bl) O.όlμM; Ex. (18bm) 0.025μM; Ex. (18bn) O.OlμM; Ex. (18bo) 0.058μM; Ex.
(18bp) 0.049μM; Ex. (18bq) 0.072μM; Ex. (18br) 0.03μM; Ex. (18bs) 0.042μM; Ex. (18bt) 0.062μM; Ex. (18bu) 0.047μM; Ex. (18bv) O.l lμM; Ex. (18bw) 0.031μM; Ex. (18bx)
0.035μM; Ex. (18by) 0.039μM; Ex. (18bz) O.OlμM; Ex. (18ca) 0.0026μM; Ex. (18cb)
0.25μM; Ex. (18cc) 0.018μM; Ex. (18cd) 0.025μM; Ex. (18ce) 0.37μM; Ex. (18cf) 0.013μM;
Ex. (18cg) 0.067μM; Ex. (18ch) 0.078μM; Ex. (18ci) 0.068μM; Ex. (18cj) 0.055μM; Ex.
(18ck) 0.0095μM; Ex. (18cl) 0.023μM; Ex. (18cm) 0.029μM; Ex. (18cn) 0.013μM; Ex. (18co) 0.0052μM; Ex. (18cp) 0.0057μM; Ex. (18cq) 0.027μM; Ex. (18cr) 0.0063μM; Ex.
(18cs) 0.0047μM; Ex. (18ct) 0.097μM; Ex. (18cu) O.OSμM; Ex. (18cv) 0.043μM; Ex. (18cw)
0.034μM; Ex. (18cx) 0.024μM; Ex. (18cy) 0.12μM; Ex. (18cz) 0.079μM; Ex. (18da) 0.71μM;
Ex. (18db) 0.0031μM; Ex. (18dc) 0.21μM; Ex. (18dd) 0.028μM; Ex. (18de) 0.26μM; Ex.
(18df) 0.4μM; Ex. (18dg) 0.3 μM; Ex. (18dh) 0.15μM; Ex. (18di) 0.15μM; Ex. (18dj) 0.052μM; Ex. (18dm) O.OόlμM; Ex. (18dn) 0.0094μM; Ex. (18do) 0.026μM.Tested in phospho-Ser473 Akt assay: Ex. (18dk) 0.682 lμM; Ex. (18dl) 0.295 lμM. Example 19
Figure imgf000272_0001
The chloro-substrates were reported in Example 18.
(Compounds 19a to 19x)
Conditions A:
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (3.5 equiv), and the appropriate boronic acid (1.0 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.026 M of chloro- substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 95 0C for 2 hours. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH2Cl2 and methanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions B: To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), cesium fluoride (3.5 equiv), and the appropriate boronic acid (1.0 equiv) in acetonitrile (0.026 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 95 0C for 2 hours. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with CH2Cl2 and methanol and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products.
Conditions C:
To a mixture of the appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv), potassium carbonate (2.5 equiv), and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1.1 equiv) in acetonitrile/water (1:1) (0.041 M of chloro-substrate) was added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.05 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (150 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes under nitrogen atmosphere. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Table 19:
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Figure imgf000275_0001
Figure imgf000276_0001
Figure imgf000277_0001
NMR data for Example 19]
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 9.63 (ArH, d, J = 1.49 Hz, IH), 8.84-8.69 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.49-8.37 (ArH, m, IH), 8.19 (ArH, dd, J = 8.61, 2.35 Hz, IH), 8.00 (ArH, d, J = 8.76 Hz, 5 IH), 7.57 (ArH, ddd, J = 7.99, 4.81, 0.71 Hz, IH), 7.15 (ArH, d, J= 8.71 Hz, IH), 5.23 (ArH, dd, J= 2.03, 1.13 Hz, 1H),5.23 (CH, m, IH), 4.78 (CH, d, J = 6.83 Hz, IH), 4.61 (CH2OH, s, 2H), 4.22 (CH2, d, J - 13.08 Hz, IH), 4.03-3.92 (CH2, m, IH), 3.98 (OCH3, s, 3H), 3.88-3.61 (CH2, m, 3H), 2.50 1.49 (CH3, d, J = 6.79 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) 5 ppm 164.91, 161.77, 161.25, 160.36, 158.71, 151.75, 149.97, 10 136.10, 133.86, 131.45, 129.97, 127.92, 126.79, 124.08, 117.24, 110.92, 108.15, 70.77, 66.83, 66.80, 58.39, 56.04, 52.15, 44.39 and 15.24.
NMR data for Example 19x
1H NMR (SOO MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 9.86-9.80 (ArH, m, IH), 9.00-8.91 (ArH, m, IH), 8.77
15 (ArH, dd, J = 4.80, 1.71 Hz, 3H), 8.28 (ArH , ddd, J = 9.24, 8.03, 5.57 Hz, IH), 7.83 (ArH, d, J = 8.64 Hz, 2H), 7.60-7.53 (ArH, m, 2H), 7.53-7.43 (CH, m, IH), 4.72 (CH2, d, J = 6.93 Hz, IH), 4.33-4.23 (CH2, m, IH), 4.00-3.80 (CH2, m, 4H), 1.65 (CH3, d, J= 6.81 Hz, 3H) 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 164.55, 161.73, 161.53, 151.52, 150.66, 136.99, 136.34, 134.91, 133.42, 129.34, 129.12, 123.19, 119.66, 117.15, 108.64, 106.49, 70.98, 67.02, 52.92,
20 44.49 and 15.16.
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (19a) 0.048μM; Ex. (19b) 0.018μM; Ex. (19c) 0.052μM; Ex. (19d) 0.25μM; Ex. (19e) 0.1 lμM; Ex. (19f) 0.096μM; Ex. (19g) 0.0087μM; Ex. (19h) 0.77μM; Ex. (19i) 0.28μM; Ex. (19j) 0.057μM; Ex. (19k) 0.077μM; Ex. (191) 0.12μM; Ex. (19m) 0.41μM; Ex. (19n) 0.22μM; Ex. (19o) 0.19μM; Ex. (19ρ) 0.24μM; Ex. (19q) 0.14μM; Ex. (19r) 0.012μM; Ex. (19s) 2μM; Ex. (19t) 0.097μM; Ex. (19u) 0.055μM; Ex. (19v) 0.07μM; Ex. (19w) 0.086μM; Ex. (19x) 0.81 μM.
Example 20
Figure imgf000278_0001
The amino substrate was i :eported in Example 18.
(Compounds 20a to 20c) Conditions A:
The appropriate amino-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in THF (0.04 M). The appropriate sulfonyl chloride (2.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions B:
The appropriate amino-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in DMF (0.04 M). The appropriate acyl chloride (1.2 equiv) and potassium carbonate (2.4 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 10 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. Conditions C:
The appropriate amino-substrate (1 equiv) was suspended in DMF (0.09 M). The appropriate acyl chloride (3.0 equiv) was added. The reaction vessel was sealed and exposed to microwave radiation (130 0C, medium absorption setting) for 15 minutes. Upon completion the samples were concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired products. ] Table 20:
Figure imgf000279_0002
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (20a) 1.4μM; Ex. (20b) 0.67μM; Ex. (20c) 0.024μM.
Example 21
Figure imgf000279_0001
The chloro-substrate was reported in Example 18. (Compound 21a)
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in ethanol (0.025 M). Sodium formate (11.0 equiv) and palladium on carbon (0.5 equiv) were added. The reaction vessel was sealed and heated at 100 0C for 12 hours. Upon completion the sample was filtered through Celite™, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 5 to 95 % acetonitrile in 0.1 % formic acid/water, to give the desired product.
Table 21:
Figure imgf000280_0001
NMR data for Example 21a
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 8.70 (ArH, s, IH), 8.42 - 8.37 (ArH, m, 2H), 8.16 (ArH, dd, J = 8.59, 2.34 Hz, IH), 8.01 (ArH, d, J = 8.79 Hz, IH), 7.14 (ArH, d, J = 8.69 Hz, IH), 5.20 (CH, t, J = 5.67, 5.67 Hz, IH), 4.59 (CH2, d, J = 5.61 Hz, 2H)5 4.05 - 3.93 (CH2, m, 2H), 3.89 (OCH3, s, 3H), 3.80-3.59 (CH2, m, 4H), 3.57 (s, IH), 3.31 (s, IH), 2.50 (td, J= 3.64, 1.80, 1.80 Hz, IH), 1.42 (CH3, d, J = 6.79 Hz, 3H)
13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO) δ ppm 164.04, 161.48, 160.52, 158.69, 157.38, 136.11, 131.43, 129.96, 127.87, 126.77, 117.33, 110.93, 109.11, 70.71, 66.83, 58.37, 56.03, 52.14, 44.28 and 15.17.
Tested in Alternative Enzyme Assay: Ex. (21a) 0.2μM. Comparative Example 1
Figure imgf000281_0001
Using the method of Example 1, to a cooled (0-5 0C) stirred solution (0.1 M) of the appropriate trichloro substrate (1 equiv) in CH2Cl2 was added diisopropylethylamine (1 equiv) in a drop wise fashion. The appropriate amine (1 equiv) was then added to the reaction mixture portionwise over the period of 1 hour. The solution was maintained at room temperature with stirring for a further 1 hour before the mixture was washed with water (2x1 reaction volume).
The aqueous extracts were combined and extracted with CH2Cl2 (2x1 reaction volume). The organic extracts were then combined, dried (sodium sulphate), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give an oily residue which solidified upon prolonged drying. The solid was triturated with diethylether and then filtered and the cake washed with cold diethyl ether to leave the title compound in a suitably clean form to be used without any further purification.
Figure imgf000281_0002
2,7-DichloiO-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]ρyrimidine - Rl= morpholine: (92% yield, 90% purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 285 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.90 min
Figure imgf000281_0003
To a solution (0.2 M) of the appropriate dichloro-substrate (1 equiv) in anhydrous dimethyl acetamide under an inert atmosphere was added diisopropylethylamine (1 equiv) followed by the appropriate amine (1 equiv). The resulting mixture was heated for 48 hours at 70 0C before being cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction was diluted with CH2Cl2 (1 reaction volume) and then washed with water (3x1 reaction volumes). The organic extract was concentrated in vacuo to give a syrup which was dissolved in EtOAC (1 reaction volume) and washed with saturated brine solution before being dried, filtered (sodium sulphate) and concentrated in vacuo to give an oil. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, eluted with EtOAc:Hex (7:3) going to (1:1)) to give the title compound as a yellow solid that was suitably clean to be used without any further purification.
Figure imgf000282_0001
7-ChloiO-2-((2S,6R)-2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3- djpyrimidine - Rl= morpholine, R2=cis-dimethylmorpholine: (42% yield, 100% purity) m/z
(LC-MS, ESP): 364 [M+H]+ R/T = 2.96 min
Figure imgf000282_0002
7-Chloro-2-((S)-3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine Rl = morpholine, R2= (S)-3-Methyl-morpholine: (70 % yield, 97 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 350 [MH-H]+ R/T = 3.44 min
Figure imgf000282_0003
7-Chloro-2-(2-ethyl-piperidin- 1 -yl)-4-morpholin-4-yl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine Rl = morpholine, R2= 2-Ethyl-piperidine: (56 % yield, 95 % purity) m/z (LC-MS, ESP): 362 [M+H]+ R/T = 3.78 min Comparative Examples Ia, Ib, Ic, Ij, and Ik
R4 = morpholine
R2 = (S)-3-methyl-morpholine or cis-dimethylmorpholine or 2-Ethyl-piperidine
R7 = aryl or heteroaryl
Figure imgf000283_0001
The appropriate chloro-substrate (1 equiv) was dissolved in a toluene/ethanol (1:1) solution (0.02 M). Sodium carbonate (2 equiv) and the appropriate pinacolate boron ester or boronic acid (1 equiv) were then added followed by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium0 (0.1 equiv). The reaction vessel was sealed and the mixture exposed to microwave radiation (140 0C, medium absorption setting) for 30 minutes. Upon completion the samples were filtered through a silica cartridge, washed with EtOAc and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was then purified by preparative HPLC to give the desired comparative examples.
The following Comparative Examples were prepared
Figure imgf000283_0002
Figure imgf000284_0001
Example 22
Biological Assay
For mTOR enzyme activity assays, mTOR protein was isolated from HeLa cell cytoplasmic extract by immunoprecipitation, and activity determined essentially as described previously using recombinant PHAS-I as a substrate (ref. 21).
Examples Ia- Il, lak, IaI, lap, lat, laz, 31, 4a, 4c, 4d, 4f, 4i, 4w, 4x, 5q were tested and exhibited IC50 values against mTOR of less than 200 nM. For example 5q was measured to have an IC50 of 46nm. The comparative Examples were also tested and when compared to the corresponding
Examples, the exhibited IC50 values for the Comparative Examples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples (ie IC50 Comparative Example Ia > IC50 Example Ia). For example Example Ik was measured to have an IC50 of 5nm whereas Comparative Example Ik was measured to have an IC50 of 33nm. Therefore, compounds of the present invention are more active in the mTOR assay.
Example 23 Alternative Enzyme Assay
The assay used AlphaScreen technology (Gray et at, Analytical Biochemistry, 2003, 313: 234-245) to determine the ability of test compounds to inhibit phosphorylation by recombinant mTOR.
A C-terminal truncation of mTOR encompassing amino acid residues 1362 to 2549 of mTOR (EMBL Accession No. L34075) was stably expressed as a FLAG-tagged fusion in HEK293 cells as described by Vilella-Bach et al, Journal of Biochemistry, 1999, 274, 4266- 4272. The HEK293 FLAG-tagged mTOR (1362-2549) stable cell line was routinely maintained at 37°C with 5 % CO2 up to a confluency of 70-90 % in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's growth medium (DMEM; Invitrogen Limited, Paisley, UK Catalogue No. 41966-029) containing 10 % heat-inactivated foetal calf serum (FCS; Sigma, Poole, Dorset, UK, Catalogue No. F0392), 1 % L-glutamine (Gibco, Catalogue No. 25030-024) and 2 mg/ml Geneticin (G418 sulphate; Invitrogen Limited, UK Catalogue No. 10131-027). Following expression in the mammalian HEK293 cell line, expressed protein was purified using the FLAG epitope tag using standard purification techniques. Test compounds were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and diluted into water as required to give a range of final assay concentrations. Aliquots (2 μl) of each compound dilution were placed into a well of a Greiner 384- well low volume (LV) white polystyrene plate (Greiner Bio-one). A 10 μl mixture of recombinant purified mTOR enzyme, 1 μM biotinylated peptide substrate (Biotin-Alix-Lys-Lys-Ala-Asn-Gln-Val-Phe- Leu-Gly-Phe-Thr-Tyr-Val-Ala-Pro-Ser-Val-Leu-Glu-Ser-Val-Lys-Glu-NH2; Bachem UK Ltd), ATP (20 μM) in a buffer solution [comprising Tris-HCl pH7.4 buffer (50 mM), EGTA (0.1 mM), bovine serum albumin (0.5 mg/ml), DTT (1.25 mM) and manganese chloride (10 mM)] were added to the assay plates and incubated with compound for 2 hours at room temperature. Each reaction was stopped by the addition of 5 μl of a mixture of EDTA (50 mM), bovine serum albumin (BSA; 0.5 mg/ml) and Tris-HCl pH7.4 buffer (50 mM) containing p70 S6 Kinase (T389) 1A5 Monoclonal Antibody (Cell Signalling Technology, Catalogue No. 9206B) and AlphaScreen Streptavidin donor and Protein A acceptor beads (200ng/well Perkin Elmer, Catalogue No. 6760002B and 6760137R respectively). Assay plates were left for approx 16 hours at room temperature before measurement. The resultant signals arising from laser light excitation at 680 nm were measured using a Packard Envision instrument. Phosphorylated biotinylated peptide is formed in situ as a result of mTOR mediated phosphorylation. The phosphorylated biotinylated peptide that is associated with AlphaScreen Streptavidin donor beads forms a complex with the p70 S6 Kinase (T389) 1 A5 Monoclonal Antibody that is associated with Alphascreen Protein A acceptor beads. Upon laser light excitation at 680 nm, the donor bead : acceptor bead complex produces a signal that can be measured. Accordingly, the presence of mTOR kinase activity results in an assay signal. In the presence of an mTOR kinase inhibitor, signal strength is reduced.
Control wells that produced a maximum signal corresponding to maximum enzyme activity were created by using 5 % DMSO instead of test compound. Control wells that produced a minimum signal corresponding to fully inhibited enzyme were created by adding EDTA (83 mM) instead of test compound.
mTOR enzyme inhibition for a given test compound was expressed as an IC50 value. The compounds tested in this assay exhibited IC50 values against mTOR of less than 40μm. The following compounds exhibited IC5O values against mTOR of less than lμm: lbp, lea, lcb, led, 12e, 18df, Im, Iq, Ir, 17, 19h, 19m, 18n, 18o, 18ak, 18al, 18at, It, 18bb, 18be, 18bi, 18bl, Ix, Iy, lba, Iz, 20b, lae, 7a, 7h, 18ce, 5f, 4af, 4ag, 4aj, 5y, 3b, 5j, 5k, 5p, 3w, 3y, 3z, 1 Ia, 18da, 3m, 3o, 3ρ, 3r, 3s, laj, 5r, 5s, lcn, 2a, 2b, lcq, lcr, 2d, 3 ad, 2h, lew and ldd, with the following compounds exhibiting IC5O values against mTOR of less than 30OnM: Ic, lbq, lbt, lch, lei, 4ap, 4at, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4bd, 12b, 18de, 18dh, 18di, 18dg, 21a, lo, 18b, 18d, 18h, 19d, 19e, 19i, 191, 19n, 19o, 18p, 18q, 18r, 18w, 18af, 18ag, 18an, 18aq, 18au, 18av, Iv, 18ay, 18ba, 18bd, lbg, Iw, lac, 4p, 9a, lbb, lav, 7b, 7e, 7f, 7g, 7k, 7j, 5c, 5d, 5e, 5g, 4v, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4aa, 4ae, 4ah, 4ai, 5u, 5v, 5w, 5x, 3d, 3f, 18bv, 18cb, 3h, 5h, 5i, 51, 5o, 3i, 3j, 3v, 3x, 3u, 3ab, IaI, lam, Ian, lbe, 18cy, 18dc5 13a, 19p, 19q, 3k, 3n, 3q, 13f, 13b, 4g, lau, 5q, lay, 18dj, 13c, 13e, 10a, IcI, 2c, 2e, lcs, 2i, 8d, 13g and leu, with the following compounds exhibiting IC50 values against mTOR of less than 10OnM: Ib, Ia, Id, IbI, lbm, lbn, If, lbo, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbu, lbv, Ie, Ij, lbw, lbx, lby, lbz, Ice, Ice, Ik, lcf, leg, 11, lcj, 4al, 4am, 4an, 4ao, 4aq, 4ar, 4as, 4au, 4av, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12d, 12a, 18a, 6a, las, lax, In, Ip, Is, lck, 18c, 18e, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18j, 18k, lar, 19a, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19g, 19j, 19k, 181, 18m, lbd, laq, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18z, 18aa, 18ab, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ai, 18aj, 18am, 18ao, 18ap, 18ar, 18as, 18aw, 18ax, 18az, 18bc, 18bf, 18bg, 18bk, 5 18bh5 18bj, 15a, 18bm, 8b, 4h, 14a, 8a, laa, lab, lad, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, lah, 4j, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbh, 16a, lat, 7c, 7d, 7i, 3a, 3c, 5a, 5b, 4w, 4ac, 4ad, 5t, 3e, 3g, 18bp, 18bq, 18br, 18bs, 18bt, 18bu, 18bw, 18by, 18bz, 18ca, 18cc, 18cd, 18cf, 18cg, 18ch, 18ci, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18bx, 18cm, 18cv, lbi, lbj, 4a, law, 3t, 3aa, lap, lbf, 18cn, 18co, 18cp, 18cs, 18ct, 18cu, 18cw, 18cx, 18cz, 18cq, 19r, 19t, 31, 19u, 19v, 19w, 20c, Iu, 4b, 4q, 4t, 4c,
10 4e, 4f, 18dd, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, 2f, 2g, 2j and lev. For example, Compound 4aa has an IC50 of 15InM.
The Comparative Examples were also tested and when compared to the corresponding Examples, the exhibited IC5O values for the Comparative Examples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples. For example Example Ik was measured to have an IC50 of
15 15nm whereas Comparative Example Ik was measured to have an IC50 of 225nm. Therefore, compounds of the present invention are more active in reducing cell growth.
Example 24
Cell proliferation assay (GI50)
20 Cell growth was assessed using the sulforhodamine B (SRB) assay (A). T47D
(ECACC, 85102201) cells were routinely passaged in RPMI (Invitrogen, 42401018) plus 10 % foetal calf serum (FCS), 1 % L-glutamine (Gibco BRL, 25030) to a confluence not greater than 80 %. To undertake the assay, T47D cells were seeded at 2.5x103 cells/ well in 90μl RPMI plus 10 % foetal calf serum, 1 % L-glutamine in 96 well plates (Costar, 3904) and
25 incubated at 37°C (+5 % CO2) in a humidified incubator. Once the cells had fully adhered (typically following 4-5 hours incubation) the plate was removed from the incubator and lOμL of the diluent added to the control wells (Al -12 and B 1-12). Compound was prepared in a six point semi- log dilution at 10x the final concentration required e.g. for a 6 point range of 30μM to 10OnM in semi-log steps dilution started at 300μM in stock plate. Dosing was
30 completed by addition of lOμL of compound at highest concentration to Cl -12 through to the lowest concentration in Hl -12. The plates were then incubated for 120 hours prior to SRB analysis. Upon completion of incubation, media was removed and the cells fixed with lOOμl of ice cold 10 % (w/v) trichloroacetic acid. The plates were incubated at 4°C for 20 minutes and then washed four times with water. Each well of cells was then stained with lOOμl of 0.4 % (w/v) SRB (Sulforhodamine B, Sigma, Poole, Dorset, UK, Catalogue number S-9012) in 1 % acetic acid for 20 minutes before washing four times with 1 % acetic acid. Plates were then dried for 2 hours at room temperature. The dye from the stained cells was solubilized by the addition of lOOμl of 1OmM Tris Base into each well. Plates were gently shaken and left at room temperature for 30 minutes before measuring the optical density at 564nM on a Microquant microtiter plate reader. The concentration of inhibitor eliciting a 50 % reduction in growth (GI50) was determined by analysis of staining intensity of the treated cells as a percentage of the vehicle control wells using Excelfϊt software.
(A) Skehan, P., Storung, R., Scudiero, R., Monks, A., McMahon, J., Vistica, D., Warren, J.
T., Bokesch, H., Kenny, S. and Boyd, M. R. (1990) New colorimetric cytotoxicity assay for anticancer-drug screening. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 82, 1107-1112.
Examples Ia-Il were tested and exhibited GI50 values of less than 300 nM.
The Comparative Examples were also tested and when compared to the corresponding
Examples, the exhibited GI50 values for the Comparative Examples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples (ie GI50 Comparative Example Ia > GI50 Example Ia). For example Example Ik was measured to have an GI50 of 32nm whereas Comparative Example
Ik was measured to have an GI50 of 268nm. Therefore, compounds of the present invention are more active in reducing cell growth.
Example 25 In Vitro phospho-Ser473 Akt assay
This assay determines the ability of test compounds to inhibit phosphorylation of Serine 473 in Akt as assessed using Acumen Explorer technology (Acumen Bioscience Limited), a plate reader that can be used to rapidly quantitate features of images generated by laser-scanning. A MDA-MB-468 human breast adenocarcinoma cell line (LGC Promochem,
Teddington, Middlesex, UK, Catalogue No. HTB- 132) was routinely maintained at 37°C with 5 % CO2 up to a confiuency of 70-90 % in DMEM containing 10 % heat-inactivated FCS and 1 % L-glutamine. For the assay, the cells were detached from the culture flask using 'Accutase' (Innovative Cell Technologies Inc., San Diego, CA, USA; Catalogue No. ATI 04) using standard tissue culture methods and resuspended in media to give 1.7x105 cells per ml. Aliquots (90 μl) were seeded into each of the inner 60 wells of a black Packard 96 well plate (PerkinElmer, Boston, MA, USA; Catalogue No. 6005182) to give a density of ~15000 cells per well. Aliquots (90 μl) of culture media were placed in the outer wells to prevent edge effects. The cells were incubated overnight at 370C with 5 % CO2 to allow them to adhere.
On day 2, the cells were treated with test compounds and incubated for 2 hours at 37°C with 5 % CO2. Test compounds were prepared as 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and serially diluted as required with growth media to give a range of concentrations that were 10- fold the required final test concentrations. Aliquots (10 μl) of each compound dilution were placed in a well (in triplicate) to give the final required concentrations. As a minimum reponse control, each plate contained wells having a final concentration of 100 μM LY294002 (Calbiochem, Beeston, UK, Catalogue No. 440202). As a maximum response control, wells contained 1 % DMSO instead of test compound. Following incubation, the contents of the plates were fixed by treatment with a 1.6 % aqueous formaldehyde solution (Sigma, Poole, Dorset, UK, Catalogue No. Fl 635) at room temperature for 1 hour.
All subsequent aspiration and wash steps were carried out using a Tecan 96 well plate washer (aspiration speed 10 mm/sec). The fixing solution was removed and the contents of the plates were washed with phosphate-buffered saline (PBS; 50 μl; Gibco, Catalogue No. 10010015). The contents of the plates were treated for 10 minutes at room temperature with an aliquot (50 μl) of a cell permeabilisation buffer consisting of a mixture of PBS and 0.5 % Tween-20. The 'permeabilisation' buffer was removed and non-specific binding sites were blocked by treatment for 1 hour at room temperature of an aliquot (50 μl) of a blocking buffer consisting of 5 % dried skimmed milk ['Marvel' (registered trade mark); Premier Beverages, Stafford, GB] in a mixture of PBS and 0.05 % Tween-20. The 'blocking' buffer was removed and the cells were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature with rabbit anti phospho-Akt (Ser473) antibody solution (50 μl per well; Cell Signalling, Hitchin, Herts, U.K., Catalogue No 9277) that had been diluted 1:500 in 'blocking' buffer. Cells were washed three times in a mixture of PBS and 0.05 % Tween-20. Subsequently, cells were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature with Alexafluor488 labelled goat anti-rabbit IgG (50 μl per well; Molecular Probes, Invitrogen Limited, Paisley, UK, Catalogue No. Al 1008) that had been diluted 1:500 in 'blocking' buffer. Cells were washed 3 times with a mixture of PBS and 0.05 % Tween-20. An aliquot of PBS (50 μl) was added to each well and the plates were sealed with black plate sealers and the fluorescence signal was detected and analysed.
Fluorescence dose response data obtained with each compound were analysed and the
5 degree of inhibition of Serine 473 in Akt was expressed as an IC50 value.
The compounds tested in this assay exhibited IC50 values against mTOR of less than lOμm.
The following compounds exhibited IC5O values against mTOR of less than lμm: lbu, Ice, 12b, 18de, 18dg, 18j, lar, 19e, 19h, 19i, 191, 19m, 19n, 19o, 18n, 18o, 18z, 18aa, 18ag, 18ai,
10 18al, Iv, 18az, lah, 7e, 7i, 7j, 5d, 5f, 4v, 4ab, 4aj, 5t, 5u, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 3f, 3g, 18bp, 18bs, 18bv, 18by, 18cb, 18cv, law, 3u, lbf, 18ct, 19q, 19s, 19u, 19v, 19w, lau, 5r, 4t, 18dj, IcI, 2d, 2e, lcs, 2h, 2j and lew, with the following compounds exhibiting IC50 values against mTOR of less than 30OnM: lbo, lbp, Ij, lbx, lby, lcf, lei, lcj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, In, Ip, Iq, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, lbd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av,
15 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, lab, 4p, 9a, lav, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt, 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci, 18bx, 5n, lam, lao, 18cn, 18cx, lbk, 13b, 4g, 5s, 4q, 18dd, lcp, lcq, 2f, 2g, 13g, lev and let, with the following compounds exhibiting IC50 values against mTOR of less than 10OnM: Ib, Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd,
20 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, lbg, 8b, 4h, Iba, 8a, laa, lac, lae, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbb, lat, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y,
25 lak, IaI, lap, lbe, 18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 31, Iu, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, lcn, lco and 3ad. For example, Compound 18di has an IC50 of 15InM
The Comparative Examples were also tested and when compared to the corresponding Examples, the exhibited IC50 values for the Comparative Examples were higher than those of the corresponding Examples. For example Example Ik was measured to have an IC50 of
30 83nm whereas Comparative Example Ik was measured to have an IC50 of 412nm. Therefore, compounds of the present invention are more active in reducing cell growth. Reference List
The following documents are all herein incorporated by reference.
1) Brown, et al, Nature, 369, 756-758 (1994)
2) Chiu, et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci, 91, 12574-12578 (1994) 5 3) Sabatini, et al, Cell, 78, 35-43, (1994)
4) Sabers, et al., JBiol Chem, 270, 825-822 (1995)
5) Abraham, Curr Opin Immunol, 8, 412-418 (1996)
6) Schmelze and Hall, Cell, 103, 253-262 (2000)
7) Burnett, et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci, 95, 1432-1437 (1998) 10 8) Terada, et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci, 91,11477-11481 (1994)
9) Jeffries, et al, EMBOJ, 16 ,3693-3704 (1997)
10) Bjornsti and Houghton, Nat Rev Cancer, 4, 335-348 (2004)
11) Gingras, et al, Genes Dev, 13, 1422-1437 (1999)
12) Gingras, et al, Genes Dev, 15, 807-826 (2001)
15 13) Neuhaus, et al , Liver Transplantation, 7, 473-484 (2001)
14) Woods and Marks, Ann Rev Med, 55, 169-178 (2004)
15) Dahia, Endocrine-Related Cancer, 7, 115-129 (2000)
16) Cristofano and Pandolfi, Cell, 100, 387-390 (2000)
17) Samuels, et al, Science, 304, 554 (2004)
20 18) Huang and Houghton, Curr Opin Pharmacol, 3, 371-377 (2003)
19) Sawyers, Cancer Cell, 4, 343-348 (2003)
20) Huang and Houghton, Curr Opin in Invest Drugs, 3, 295-304 (2002)
21) Brunn, et al, EMBO J, 15, 5256-5267 (1996)
22) Edinger, et al, Cancer Res, 63, 8451-8460, (2003)
25 23) Lawrence, et al, Curr Top Microbiol Immunol, 279, 199-213 (2004)
24) Eshleman, et al, Cancer Res, 62, 7291-7297 (2002)
25) Berge, et al, J. Pharm. Sci, 66, 1-19 (1977).
26) Green, T. and Wuts, P., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons (1999).
30 27) "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives", 2nd Edition (eds. M. Ash and I. Ash), 2001 (Synapse Information Resources, Inc., Endicott, New York, USA). 28) "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 20th edition, pub. Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000.
29) "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients", 2nd edition, 1994.

Claims

1. A compound of formula I:
Figure imgf000293_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cs-2O aryl group, where R01 and RS1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C]-7 alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C]-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; R is selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group or RNS and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
RS2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group;
RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a C1-4 alkyl group;
R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRs2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, wherein R02 and RS2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
2. A compound of formula Ia or Ib :
Figure imgf000294_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH;
R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN1RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, where R01 and RS1 are selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms;
RC1 is selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RS2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-memberedheteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a Q-4 alkyl group; R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- memberedheteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, wherein R02 and RS2 are selected from H, an optionally substituted Cs-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
3. A compound of formula Ia:
(Ia)
Figure imgf000295_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: one or two of X5, X6 and X8 is N, and the others are CH; R7 is selected from halo, OR01, SRS1, NRN!RN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl, NRN7bSO2RS2a, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, where Ro1 and Rsl are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group; RN1 and RN2 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted Cs-2O aryl group or RN1 and RN2 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RC1 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group or NRN8RN9, where RN8 and RN9 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group or RN8 and RN9 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; RS2a is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group; RN7a and RN7b are selected from H and a Ci-4 alkyl group;
R2 is selected from H, halo, OR02, SRS2b, NRN5RN6, an optionally substituted 5- to 20- membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted Cs-2O aryl group, wherein R02 and RS2b are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group; RN5 and RN6 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted C1-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted 5- to 20-membered heteroaryl group, and an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, or RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
4. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein only one of X5, X6 and X8 is N.
5. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein X6 is CH and X5 and X8 are N.
6. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein X8 is N.
7. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein R7 is selected from an optionally substituted C5-20 aryl group, OR01, NRNIRN2, NRN7aC(O)Rcl and
NRN7bSO2Rs2a
8. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl or pyridyl group.
9. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R7 is OR01, and R01 is a Ci-7 alkyl group, which may be substituted.
10. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R7 is NRN1RN2, and RN2 is H.
11. A compound according to claim 10, wherein RN1 is C3-7 cycloalkyl.
12. A compound according to claim 10, wherein RN1 is C5-6 aryl.
13. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R7 is NRN7aC(O)Rcl, and RN7a is preferably H.
14. A compound according to claim 13, wherein RC1 is selected from an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, C3-2O heterocyclyl, C1-7 alkyl and NRN8RN9, where RNS is hydrogen, and RN9 is Ci-7 alkyl.
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R7 is NRN7bSO2RS2a, and RN7b is H.
16. A compound according to claim 15, wherein RS2a is Ci-7 alkyl.
10
17. A compound according to Claim 8 wherein R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are preferably selected from halo, hydroxyl, cyano, Ci-7 alkyl, Ci-7alkoxy, sulfonamino (for example -NHS(=O)2Ci-7alkyl) amino (for example -NH2, C5-6arylamino, Ci-7alkylamino, and di-(Ci-7alkyl)amino), and amido (for example 15 -CONH2, -CONHC1-7alkyl, -CON(C] -7alkyl)2 and -CONHheterocycyl) and wherein the susbtitutent alkyl, alkoxy, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from halo, hydroxyl, Ci-7 alkyl, Ci-7 alkoxy, Cs^aryl, -NHS(=O)2Ci-7alkyl, C5-6arylamino, di-(Ci-7alkyl)amino and Ci-7alkylamino.
20 18. A compound according to claim 8 wherein R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group selected from
Figure imgf000297_0001
wherein Z is H, F or OR03;
R03 is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted Cj-6 alkyl group; RN1° is selected from hydrogen, C(O)RC2, C(S)RC3, SO2RS3, an optionally substituted C5-2O heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted Cs-2O aryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-1O alkyl group where Rc2 and RC3 are selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted Cs-20 heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group or NRN11RN12, where RNn and RN12 are independently selected from H, an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C5-2O heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted Cs-2O aryl group or RNn and RN12 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms; and RS3 is selected from H, an optionally substituted C5-2O aryl group, an optionally substituted C5-2O heteroaryl group, or an optionally substituted Ci-7 alkyl group; RN1Oa is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted Ci-I0 alkyl group; or RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms.
19. A compound according to claim 8, wherein R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group selected from
Figure imgf000298_0001
wherein
R03 is selected from hydrogen or an optionally substituted Cj-6 alkyl group.
20. A compound according to claim 8, wherein R7 is
Figure imgf000298_0002
wherein Z is H, F or OR 01 3.
RN1° is selected from hydrogen, -C(O)CH3, -C(O)CH2OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OMe, -CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH2C(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2, cycloproyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, -CH2cyclopropyl, methylcyclohexyl, cyanocyclohexyl, pyrazolyl, hydroxypyrrolidinyl, -CH2imidazole; RN1Oa is hydrogen; or
RN1° and RN1Oa together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring containing between 5 or 6 ring atoms; and where the optional subtsituents are selected from halo, hydroxyl, C1-7alkyloxy.
21. A compound according to claim 8 wherein R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, wherein the optional substituents are selected from fluoro, hydroxyl, cyano, nitro, methyl, methoxy, -OCH2CH3, -NH2, -NHSO2CH3, -CH2NHSO2CH3, -OCHF2, -CH2OH, -CO2H, -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONHEt, -CONHCH(CH3)2, -CONHCH2CH2F, -CONHCH2CHF2, -CONHCH2CH2OH, -CONMeEt, -CONMe2,
N-methylpiperazinylcarbonyl and 4-hydroxypiperidinylcarbonyl
22. A compound according to claim 7 wherein R7 is selected from
Figure imgf000299_0001
Figure imgf000300_0001
Figure imgf000300_0002
Figure imgf000300_0003
23. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein R2 is NRN5RN6, where RN5 and RN6 together with the nitrogen to which they are bound form a heterocyclic ring containing between 3 and 8 ring atoms, which may optionally be substituted.
24. A compound according to claim 23, wherein R2 is selected from morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperadinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl and pyrrolidinyl.
25. A compound according to Claim 23 wherein R wherein R is
Figure imgf000300_0004
Figure imgf000301_0001
26. A compound according to claim 23, wherein R2 is
Figure imgf000302_0001
Me,
27. A compound according to claim 7 wherein R7 is selected from
Figure imgf000302_0002
Figure imgf000303_0001
and wherein R is
Figure imgf000303_0002
28. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from any one of the Examples.
29. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from any one of Examples lbu, Ice, 12b, 18de, 18dg, 18j, lar, 19e, 19h, 19i, 191, 19m, 19n, 19o, 18n, 18o, 18z, 18aa, 18ag, 18ai, 18al,
10 Iv, 18az, lah, 7e, 7i, 7j, 5d, 5f, 4v, 4ab, 4aj, 5t, 5u, 5w, 5x, 5y, 5z, 3f, 3g, 18bp, 18bs, 18bv, 18by, 18cb, 18cv, law, 3u, lbf, 18ct, 19q, 19s, 19u, 19v, 19w, lau, 5r, 4t, 18dj, IcI, 2d, 2e, lcs, 2h, 2j, lew, lbo, lbp, Ij, lbx, lby, lcf, lei, lcj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, In, Ip, Iq, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, lbd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, lab, 4p, 9a, lav, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt,
15 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci, 18bx, 5n, lam, lao, 18cn, 18cx, lbk, 13b, 4g, 5s, 4q, 18dd, lep, lcq, 2f, 2g, 13g, lev, let, Ib, Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, lbg, 8b, 4h, lba, 8a, laa, lac, lae, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbb, lat, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, 5 lak, IaI, lap, lbe, 18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 31, Iu, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, lcn, lco, 3ad, lcr, lew, Icy, ldv, 15c, IcI, lem, lcn, lcq, lev, lex, ldi, ldj, leb, lcj, lck, let, leu, lcz, ldb, ldc, ldd, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldm, ldn, ldo, ldp, ldq, ldt, ldu, ldw, ldy, ldz, lea, lee, led, lee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do.
10 30. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from any one of Examples lbo, lbp, Ij, lbx, lby, lcf, lei, lcj, 4an, 4ap, 4av, 12d, 18dh, 18di, 6a, In, Ip, Iq, 18e, 18h, 19b, 19c, 19f, 19k, 18p, lbd, 18w, 18ab, 18af, 18aj, 18aq, 18as, 18av, 18ay, 18bb, 18bc, 18bf, 18bl, lab, 4p, 9a, lav, 3a, 5b, 5c, 5e, 5g, 4aa, 4ad, 4ah, 5v, 3e, 18bq, 18bt, 18bz, 18ca, 18cd, 18cg, 18ci, 18bx, 5n, lam, lao, 18cn, 18cx, lbk, 13b, 4g, 5s, 4q, 18dd, lcp, lcq, 2f, 2g, 13g, lev, let, Ib,
15 Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak, 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, lbg, 8b, 4h, lba, 8a, laa, lac, lae, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n,
20 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbb, lat, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, lak, IaI, lap, lbe, 18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 31, Iu, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, lcn, lco, 3ad, IcI, lcm, lcn, lcq, lev, lex, ldi, ldj, leb, lcj, lck, let, leu, lcz, ldb, ldc, ldd, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldm, ldn, ldo, ldp, ldq, ldt, ldu, ldw, ldy, ldz, lea, lee, led, lee, 18dm, 18dn and 18do.
25
31. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from any one of Examples Ib, Ia, Ic, Id, IbI, lbm, If, Ii, Ig, Ih, lbr, lbs, lbv, Ie, lbz, Ice, Ik, leg, 11, 4al, 4am, 4ao, 4aq, 4as, 4at, 4au, 4aw, 4ax, 4ay, 4az, 4ba, 4bb, 4bc, 4bd, 4be, 4bf, 12c, 12a, 18a, las, Is, 18c, 18d, 18f, 18g, 18i, 18k, 19j, 18m, 18q, 18r, 18s, 18t, 18u, 18v, 18x, 18y, 18ac, 18ad, 18ae, 18ah, 18ak,
30 18am, 18an, 18ap, 18ar, 18au, 18aw, 18ax, 18ba, 18bd, 18be, 18bg, 18bi, 18bk, 18bh, 18bj, 18bm, lbg, 8b, 4h, lba, 8a, laa, lac, lae, laf, lag, 14b, lbc, 4i, 4j, 4k, 41, 4m, 4n, 4o, 18bn, 18bo, 4u, lbb, lat, 7b, 7c, 7d, 7f, 7g, 7k, 5a, 4w, 4x, 4y, 4z, 4ac, 4af, 4ai, 18br, 18bw, 18cc, 18cf, 18ch, 18cj, 18ck, 18cl, 4ak, 18cm, 4a, 3i, 3y, lak, IaI, lap, lbe, 18co, 18cr, 18cs, 18db, 19p, 31, Iu, 4b, 5q, 4c, 4e, 4f, 4d, laz, 4r, 4s, lcn, lco, 3ad, lcj, lck, let, leu, lcz, ldb, ldc, ldd, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldm, ldn, ldo, ldp, ldq, ldt, ldu, ldw, ldy, ldz, lea, lee, led, lee, 18dm, 18dn and l8do. 5
32. A compound according to Claim 1 selected from any one of Examples Ia, Iu, IaI, lap, lat, laz, lco, lde, ldg, ldh, ldk, IdI, ldp, ldq, ldr, Ids, ldt, ldu, ldy, lee, lee, 12d, 14b, 18dn and l8do.
10 33. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
34. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32 for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body.
15
35. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32 in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease ameliorated by the inhibition of mTOR.
36. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable 20 salt thereof, for use as a medicament.
37. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
25
38. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
30 39. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries.
5 40. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
41. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically 10 acceptable salt thereof, in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
42. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours,
15 cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries.
20 43. A method for producing a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
25 44. A method for producing an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
30 45. A method of treating melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries, in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
46. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the production of a mTOR inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
47. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the production of an anti-cancer effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
48. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier for use in the treatment of melanoma, glioma, papillary thyroid tumours, cholangiocarcinomas, colon cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, leukaemias, lymphoid malignancies, carcinomas and sarcomas in the liver, kidney, bladder, prostate, endometrium, breast and pancreas, and primary and recurrent solid tumours of the skin, colon, thyroid, lungs and ovaries in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
PCT/GB2007/003179 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors WO2008023161A1 (en)

Priority Applications (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MX2009001946A MX2009001946A (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors.
KR1020097005572A KR101438245B1 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
EP07789277.6A EP2057156B1 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-,pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
CA2659851A CA2659851C (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
LTEP07789277.6T LT2057156T (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-,pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
NZ575672A NZ575672A (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mTOR inhibitors
RS20170417A RS55881B1 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-,pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
AU2007287430A AU2007287430B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mTOR inhibitors
SI200731917A SI2057156T1 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-,pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
BRPI0715888-2A BRPI0715888B1 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 COMPOUND OR A PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALT OF THE SAME, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, AND, USE OF A COMPOUND
JP2009525105A JP5227321B2 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-Methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as MTOR inhibitors
ES07789277.6T ES2648388T3 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 Derivatives of 2-methylmorpholin pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine as mTOR inhibitors
CN200780038974.7A CN101558067B (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
DK07789277.6T DK2057156T3 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-METHYLMORPHOLINPYRIDO, PYRAZO AND PYRIMIDO-PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS MTOR INHIBITORS
IL196775A IL196775A (en) 2006-08-23 2009-01-28 2,4-bis(3-methyl-morpholin-4-yl)-7-phenyl-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions comprising them and use thereof as medicaments and in the manufacture of medicaments
NO20090443A NO342383B1 (en) 2006-08-23 2009-01-29 Compounds for the treatment of a disease relieved by inhibition of mTOR, its use and pharmaceutical composition.
HRP20170627TT HRP20170627T1 (en) 2006-08-23 2017-04-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
CY20171100457T CY1119381T1 (en) 2006-08-23 2017-04-25 2-Methylmorpholine Pyridine-, Pyrazo- and Pyrimidine Pyrimidine Derivatives as MTOR Suspensions

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US82331106P 2006-08-23 2006-08-23
US60/823,311 2006-08-23
US93877607P 2007-05-18 2007-05-18
US60/938,776 2007-05-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008023161A1 true WO2008023161A1 (en) 2008-02-28

Family

ID=38537521

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2007/003179 WO2008023161A1 (en) 2006-08-23 2007-08-21 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors

Country Status (29)

Country Link
US (6) US7902189B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2057156B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5227321B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101438245B1 (en)
AR (1) AR062503A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2007287430B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0715888B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2659851C (en)
CL (1) CL2007002448A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6150164A2 (en)
CY (1) CY1119381T1 (en)
DK (1) DK2057156T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2648388T3 (en)
HR (1) HRP20170627T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE033894T2 (en)
IL (1) IL196775A (en)
LT (1) LT2057156T (en)
MX (1) MX2009001946A (en)
MY (1) MY148688A (en)
NO (1) NO342383B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ575672A (en)
PL (1) PL2057156T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2057156T (en)
RS (1) RS55881B1 (en)
RU (1) RU2445312C2 (en)
SA (1) SA07280461B1 (en)
SI (1) SI2057156T1 (en)
TW (1) TWI406863B (en)
WO (1) WO2008023161A1 (en)

Cited By (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009050506A2 (en) * 2007-10-15 2009-04-23 Astrazeneca Ab Combination 059
WO2009104019A1 (en) * 2008-02-21 2009-08-27 Astrazeneca Ab Combination therapy 238
WO2010014939A1 (en) * 2008-07-31 2010-02-04 Genentech, Inc. Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
WO2010016490A1 (en) 2008-08-05 2010-02-11 第一三共株式会社 Imidazopyridin-2-on derivative
WO2010044401A1 (en) 2008-10-14 2010-04-22 第一三共株式会社 Morpholinopurine derivative
WO2009153597A3 (en) * 2008-06-20 2010-05-06 Astrazeneca Ab Compositions with and process for methylmorpholin-subsituted pyrido [2, 3-d] pyrimidines
WO2010091996A1 (en) 2009-02-12 2010-08-19 Merck Serono S.A. 2-morpholino-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidines
WO2011023773A1 (en) 2009-08-28 2011-03-03 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2011058025A1 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag N-7 substituted purine and pyrazolopyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
WO2011058027A2 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag N-9-substituted purine compounds, compositions and methods of use
WO2011067348A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Novartis Ag Mek inhibitor salts and solvates thereof
WO2011067356A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Novartis Ag Polymorphs of a mek inhibitor
WO2011120911A1 (en) 2010-03-30 2011-10-06 Novartis Ag Pkc inhibitors for the treatment of b-cell lymphoma having chronic active b-cell-receptor signalling
WO2011161216A1 (en) 2010-06-25 2011-12-29 Novartis Ag Heteroaryl compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2013019927A1 (en) 2011-08-03 2013-02-07 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Identification of gene expression profile as a predictive biomarker for lkb1 status
WO2014114928A1 (en) 2013-01-23 2014-07-31 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US8883799B2 (en) 2010-12-16 2014-11-11 Genentech, Inc. Tricyclic PI3K inhibitor compounds and methods of use
US9155736B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2015-10-13 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Inhibition of phosphorylation of PRAS40, GSK3-beta or P70S6K1 as a marker for TOR kinase inhibitory activity
EP2992878A1 (en) 2010-02-03 2016-03-09 Signal Pharmaceuticals, LLC Identification of lkb1 mutation as a predictive biomarker for sensitivity to tor kinase inhibitors
US9358232B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-06-07 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using TOR kinase inhibitor combination therapy
US9359364B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-06-07 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical formulations, processes, solid forms and methods of use relating to 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b] pyrazin-2(1H)-one
US9416134B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2016-08-16 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Solid forms of 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, as TOR kinase inhibitors
CN106008559A (en) * 2015-03-25 2016-10-12 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Synthesis process of substituted pyridopyrimidine compound
US9474757B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-10-25 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using TOR kinase inhibitor combination therapy
US9505764B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-11-29 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines
US9512129B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2016-12-06 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Solid forms comprising 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one and a coformer
WO2017046394A1 (en) 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Astrazeneca Ab Novel biomarkers and methods of treating cancer
US9604939B2 (en) 2013-05-29 2017-03-28 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical compositions of 7-(6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-YL)pyridin-3-YL)-1-((trans)-4-methoxycyclohexyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino [2,3-B]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, a solid form thereof and methods of their use
US9630966B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2017-04-25 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines
JP2017523987A (en) * 2014-08-04 2017-08-24 バイエル・ファルマ・アクティエンゲゼルシャフト 2- (Morpholin-4-yl) -1,7-naphthyridine
US9782427B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2017-10-10 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using TOR kinase inhibitor combination therapy
WO2017182495A1 (en) 2016-04-20 2017-10-26 Astrazeneca Ab Indazole derivatives that down-regulate the estrogen receptor and possess anti-cancer activity
WO2017182493A1 (en) 2016-04-20 2017-10-26 Astrazeneca Ab Indazole derivatives for use in down-regulation of the estrogen receptor for the treatment of cancer
WO2018019793A1 (en) 2016-07-25 2018-02-01 Astrazeneca Ab N-(2-(4-((1r,3r)-3-methyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1h-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-1-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)propan-1-amine derivatives and related compounds as selective down-regulators of the estrogen receptor for treating cancer
US9937169B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2018-04-10 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using dihydropyrazino-pyrazine compound combination therapy
EP3360875A1 (en) 2013-05-28 2018-08-15 Astrazeneca AB Chemical compounds
WO2019170543A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2019-09-12 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of erk5 inhibitors
WO2019185117A1 (en) * 2018-03-26 2019-10-03 Fondazione Per L'istituto Oncologico Di Ricerca (Ior) New compounds with enhanced anti-tumor effects
WO2021133509A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 Angex Pharmaceutical, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as mtor inhibitors
US11096940B2 (en) 2017-06-22 2021-08-24 Celgene Corporation Treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma characterized by hepatitis B virus infection
RU2771201C2 (en) * 2017-11-06 2022-04-28 Медшайн Дискавери Инк. PYRIDOPYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS ACTING AS DOUBLE INHIBITORS OF mTORC 1/2

Families Citing this family (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0974129B1 (en) * 1996-09-04 2006-08-16 Intertrust Technologies Corp. Trusted infrastructure support systems, methods and techniques for secure electronic commerce, electronic transactions, commerce process control and automation, distributed computing, and rights management
SI2057156T1 (en) 2006-08-23 2017-06-30 Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-,pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
JP5743897B2 (en) 2008-11-20 2015-07-01 グラクソスミスクライン・リミテッド・ライアビリティ・カンパニーＧｌａｘｏＳｍｉｔｈＫｌｉｎｅ ＬＬＣ Compound
US20120114637A1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2012-05-10 Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Mtor pathway inhibitors for treating ocular disorders
CA2766151A1 (en) * 2009-06-24 2010-12-29 Genentech, Inc. Oxo-heterocycle fused pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
US20120232087A1 (en) 2009-11-18 2012-09-13 Silvia Buonamici Methods and compositions for treating solid tumors and other malignancies
CA2800327A1 (en) 2010-04-13 2011-10-20 Novartis Ag Combination comprising a cyclin dependent kinase 4 or cyclin dependent kinase 6 (cdk4/6) inhibitor and an mtor inhibitor for treating cancer
WO2013003801A2 (en) 2011-06-29 2013-01-03 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Inhibitor of neuronal connectivity linked to schizophrenia susceptibility and cognitive dysfunction
MX2014013725A (en) 2012-05-23 2015-02-10 Hoffmann La Roche Compositions and methods of obtaining and using endoderm and hepatocyte cells.
EA030253B1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2018-07-31 Кэнсэр Ресерч Текнолоджи Лимитед Azaquinazoline inhibitors of atypical protein kinase c
EP2968317A4 (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-12-28 Univ Columbia TARGETING THE mTOR PATHWAY IN NEUROLOGICAL DISEASE
DE102013008118A1 (en) * 2013-05-11 2014-11-13 Merck Patent Gmbh Arylchinazoline
WO2017031427A1 (en) * 2015-08-19 2017-02-23 3-V Biosciences, Inc. COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING mTOR
DK3889145T3 (en) * 2015-12-17 2024-03-18 Merck Patent Gmbh 8-cyano-5-piperidino-quinolines as TLR7/8 antagonists and uses thereof for the treatment of immune diseases
KR20200012876A (en) 2017-05-02 2020-02-05 레볼루션 메디슨즈, 인크. Paramycin Analogues as mTOR Inhibitors
GB201720989D0 (en) * 2017-12-15 2018-01-31 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd Chemical compounds
IL312291A (en) 2018-05-01 2024-06-01 Revolution Medicines Inc C26-linked rapamycin analogs as mtor inhibitors
LT3788049T (en) 2018-05-01 2023-07-25 Revolution Medicines, Inc. C40-, c28-, and c-32-linked rapamycin analogs as mtor inhibitors
NL2021185B1 (en) 2018-06-26 2020-01-06 Stichting Het Nederlands Kanker Inst Antoni Van Leeuwenhoek Ziekenhuis Combination Therapy and Use Thereof for Treating Cancer
JP2022500384A (en) 2018-09-10 2022-01-04 ミラティ セラピューティクス， インコーポレイテッド Combination therapy
WO2020096927A1 (en) 2018-11-05 2020-05-14 Iovance Biotherapeutics, Inc. Expansion of tils utilizing akt pathway inhibitors
WO2020147842A1 (en) * 2019-01-18 2020-07-23 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Use of pyridopyrimidine compounds in preparation of drug for treating nasopharyngeal carcinoma
WO2020224585A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2020-11-12 南京明德新药研发有限公司 Salt and crystal form of mtorc1/2 dual kinase activity inhibitor and preparation method therefor
CR20220559A (en) 2020-05-04 2023-08-18 Vigil Neuroscience Inc Heterocyclic compounds as triggering receptor expressed on myeloid cells 2 agonists and methods of use
TW202208355A (en) 2020-05-04 2022-03-01 美商安進公司 Heterocyclic compounds as triggering receptor expressed on myeloid cells 2 agonists and methods of use
WO2021247859A1 (en) * 2020-06-03 2021-12-09 Yumanity Therapeutics, Inc. Pyridopyrimidines and methods of their use
JP2024506381A (en) 2021-02-16 2024-02-13 ヴァクシテック ノース アメリカ， インコーポレイテッド Self-assembled nanoparticles based on amphiphilic peptides
AU2022269034A1 (en) * 2021-05-04 2023-11-16 Vigil Neuroscience, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as triggering receptor expressed on myeloid cells 2 agonists and methods of use
EP4444289A1 (en) * 2021-12-08 2024-10-16 Kineta, Inc. Pyridopyrimidines and methods of their use
WO2024092030A1 (en) 2022-10-25 2024-05-02 Vaccitech North America, Inc. Self-assembling nanoparticles

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4560685A (en) * 1984-06-18 1985-12-24 Dr. Karl Thomae Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung 2-Piperazino-pteridines useful as antithrombotics and antimetastatics
US5990117A (en) * 1998-04-15 1999-11-23 Cell Pathways, Inc. Method for inhibiting neoplastic cells and related conditions by exposure to quinazoline derivatives
EP1277738A1 (en) * 2000-04-27 2003-01-22 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Condensed heteroaryl derivatives
WO2007060404A1 (en) * 2005-11-22 2007-05-31 Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited PYRIDO-,PYRAZO- AND PYRIMIDO-PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS mTOR INHIBITORS

Family Cites Families (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4832899A (en) 1971-08-28 1973-05-02
DE3445298A1 (en) 1984-12-12 1986-06-12 Dr. Karl Thomae Gmbh, 7950 Biberach NEW PTERIDINE, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION AND USE THEREOF AS INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS OR AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
BR9606390A (en) 1995-05-10 1997-12-30 Nintendo Co Ltd Image processing system
GB9624482D0 (en) * 1995-12-18 1997-01-15 Zeneca Phaema S A Chemical compounds
EP0880508B1 (en) * 1996-02-13 2003-04-16 AstraZeneca AB Quinazoline derivatives as vegf inhibitors
IL125954A (en) * 1996-03-05 2003-06-24 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives, processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and use thereof in the manufacture of medicaments having an antiangiogenic and/or vascular permeability reducing effect
GB9718972D0 (en) * 1996-09-25 1997-11-12 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
WO1998035985A1 (en) * 1997-02-12 1998-08-20 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Protein markers for lung cancer and use thereof
GB9714249D0 (en) * 1997-07-08 1997-09-10 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Vascular damaging agents
GB9900334D0 (en) * 1999-01-07 1999-02-24 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Tricylic vascular damaging agents
GB9900752D0 (en) * 1999-01-15 1999-03-03 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Benzimidazole vascular damaging agents
AU763618B2 (en) * 1999-02-10 2003-07-31 Astrazeneca Ab Quinazoline derivatives as angiogenesis inhibitors
EP1481970B1 (en) 1999-09-07 2006-03-22 Syngenta Participations AG Novel herbicides
PT1244647E (en) 1999-11-05 2006-10-31 Astrazeneca Ab QUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES AS VEGF INHIBITORS
JP4186355B2 (en) * 1999-11-24 2008-11-26 株式会社デンソー CSMA wireless LAN antenna device and terminal station
DE122010000004I1 (en) * 2000-02-15 2010-04-15 Sugen Inc PYRROL SUBSTITUTED INDOLIN-2-ON PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS
JP2003535078A (en) * 2000-05-31 2003-11-25 アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ Indole derivatives with vascular damage activity
WO2002008213A1 (en) 2000-07-07 2002-01-31 Angiogene Pharmaceuticals Limited Colchinol derivatives as angiogenesis inhibitors
BR0112224A (en) 2000-07-07 2003-06-10 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, and process for preparing a compound
US20030187026A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2003-10-02 Qun Li Kinase inhibitors
DE10228103A1 (en) 2002-06-24 2004-01-15 Bayer Cropscience Ag Fungicidal active ingredient combinations
US7790709B2 (en) 2002-12-06 2010-09-07 Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds, methods of making them and their use in therapy
EP1618094B1 (en) 2003-04-30 2007-09-05 The Institutes for Pharmaceutical Discovery, LLC Substituted heteroaryls as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases
WO2006000020A1 (en) 2004-06-29 2006-01-05 European Nickel Plc Improved leaching of base metals
GB0428475D0 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-02-02 4 Aza Bioscience Nv Pyrido(3,2-D)pyrimidine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions useful as medicines for the treatment of autoimmune disorders
US20100130473A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2010-05-27 Marc Geoffrey Hummersone Compounds
WO2006090169A1 (en) * 2005-02-25 2006-08-31 Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited 2,4-diamino-pyridopyrimidine derivatives and their use as mtor inhibitors
AU2006261607A1 (en) 2005-06-24 2006-12-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pyrido(3,2-d)pyrimidines and pharmaceutical compositions useful for treating hepatitis C.
CN101227857B (en) 2005-06-29 2011-10-19 电脑医师有限公司 Sensor assembly with conductive bridge
AU2006301230A1 (en) * 2005-10-12 2007-04-19 Cancer Research Technology Ltd. Methods and compositions for treating immune disorders
GB0616747D0 (en) * 2006-08-24 2006-10-04 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
SI2057156T1 (en) * 2006-08-23 2017-06-30 Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-,pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4560685A (en) * 1984-06-18 1985-12-24 Dr. Karl Thomae Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung 2-Piperazino-pteridines useful as antithrombotics and antimetastatics
US5990117A (en) * 1998-04-15 1999-11-23 Cell Pathways, Inc. Method for inhibiting neoplastic cells and related conditions by exposure to quinazoline derivatives
EP1277738A1 (en) * 2000-04-27 2003-01-22 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Condensed heteroaryl derivatives
WO2007060404A1 (en) * 2005-11-22 2007-05-31 Kudos Pharmaceuticals Limited PYRIDO-,PYRAZO- AND PYRIMIDO-PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS mTOR INHIBITORS

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HAYAKAWA ET AL: "Synthesis and biological evaluation of 4-morpholino-2-phenylquinazol ines and related derivatives as novel PI3 kinase p110alpha inhibitors", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD, GB, vol. 14, no. 20, 11 July 2006 (2006-07-11), pages 6847 - 6858, XP005633132, ISSN: 0968-0896 *

Cited By (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009050506A2 (en) * 2007-10-15 2009-04-23 Astrazeneca Ab Combination 059
WO2009050506A3 (en) * 2007-10-15 2009-11-26 Astrazeneca Ab Combination 059
WO2009104019A1 (en) * 2008-02-21 2009-08-27 Astrazeneca Ab Combination therapy 238
AU2009261688B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2012-07-05 Astrazeneca Ab Compositions with and process for methylmorpholin-substituted pyrido [2,3-D] pyrimidines
US8198441B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2012-06-12 Astrazeneca Ab Process for the preparation of novel pyridopyrazines as mTOR kinase inhibitors
WO2009153597A3 (en) * 2008-06-20 2010-05-06 Astrazeneca Ab Compositions with and process for methylmorpholin-subsituted pyrido [2, 3-d] pyrimidines
KR101668497B1 (en) 2008-06-20 2016-10-21 아스트라제네카 아베 Compositions with and process for methylmorpholin-subsituted pyrido [2,3-d] pyrimidines
KR20110027789A (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-03-16 아스트라제네카 아베 Compositions with and process for methylmorpholin-subsituted pyrido [2,3-d] pyrimidines
EA019092B1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2014-01-30 Астразенека Аб PROCESS FOR PREPARATION OF PYRIDO-PYRIMIDIN mTOR KINASE INHIBITORS AND SALT FORMS THEREOF
JP2011524889A (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-09-08 アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ Compositions and Methods-356
US8163763B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2012-04-24 Genentech, Inc. Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
WO2010014939A1 (en) * 2008-07-31 2010-02-04 Genentech, Inc. Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
AU2009276339B2 (en) * 2008-07-31 2012-06-07 Genentech, Inc. Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
JP2011529920A (en) * 2008-07-31 2011-12-15 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
RU2473549C2 (en) * 2008-07-31 2013-01-27 Дженентек, Инк. Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
CN102171194A (en) * 2008-07-31 2011-08-31 健泰科生物技术公司 Pyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
US8785438B2 (en) 2008-08-05 2014-07-22 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Imidazopyridin-2-one derivatives
US8436012B2 (en) 2008-08-05 2013-05-07 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Imidazopyridin-2-one derivatives
WO2010016490A1 (en) 2008-08-05 2010-02-11 第一三共株式会社 Imidazopyridin-2-on derivative
US8309546B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2012-11-13 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Morpholinopurine derivatives
US8097622B2 (en) 2008-10-14 2012-01-17 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Morpholinopurine derivatives
WO2010044401A1 (en) 2008-10-14 2010-04-22 第一三共株式会社 Morpholinopurine derivative
US8609666B2 (en) 2009-02-12 2013-12-17 Merck Serono Sa 2-morpholino-pyrido[3,2-D]pyrimidines
WO2010091996A1 (en) 2009-02-12 2010-08-19 Merck Serono S.A. 2-morpholino-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidines
JP2012517453A (en) * 2009-02-12 2012-08-02 メルク セローノ ソシエテ アノニム 2-morpholino-pyrido [3,2-d] pyrimidine
AU2010213014B2 (en) * 2009-02-12 2016-02-25 Merck Serono S.A. 2-morpholino-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidines
CN102388041B (en) * 2009-02-12 2014-12-24 默克雪兰诺有限公司 2-morpholino-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidines
CN102388041A (en) * 2009-02-12 2012-03-21 默克雪兰诺有限公司 2-morpholino-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidines
WO2011023773A1 (en) 2009-08-28 2011-03-03 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
US8828990B2 (en) 2009-11-12 2014-09-09 Genentech, Inc. N-7 substituted purine and pyrazolopyrimine compounds, compositions and methods of use
US8288381B2 (en) 2009-11-12 2012-10-16 Genentech, Inc. N-9 substituted purine compounds, compositions and methods of use
WO2011058027A2 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag N-9-substituted purine compounds, compositions and methods of use
WO2011058025A1 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag N-7 substituted purine and pyrazolopyrimidine compounds, compositions and methods of use
WO2011067356A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Novartis Ag Polymorphs of a mek inhibitor
WO2011067348A2 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Novartis Ag Mek inhibitor salts and solvates thereof
US9555033B2 (en) 2010-02-03 2017-01-31 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Identification of LKB1 mutation as a predictive biomarker for sensitivity to TOR kinase inhibitors
EP2992878A1 (en) 2010-02-03 2016-03-09 Signal Pharmaceuticals, LLC Identification of lkb1 mutation as a predictive biomarker for sensitivity to tor kinase inhibitors
WO2011120911A1 (en) 2010-03-30 2011-10-06 Novartis Ag Pkc inhibitors for the treatment of b-cell lymphoma having chronic active b-cell-receptor signalling
WO2011161216A1 (en) 2010-06-25 2011-12-29 Novartis Ag Heteroaryl compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
US8883799B2 (en) 2010-12-16 2014-11-11 Genentech, Inc. Tricyclic PI3K inhibitor compounds and methods of use
US9546182B2 (en) 2010-12-16 2017-01-17 Genentech, Inc. Tricyclic PI3K inhibitor compounds and methods of use
WO2013019927A1 (en) 2011-08-03 2013-02-07 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Identification of gene expression profile as a predictive biomarker for lkb1 status
US9557338B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2017-01-31 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Inhibition of phosphorylation of PRAS40, GSK3-beta or P70S6K1 as a marker for tor kinase inhibitory activity
US9155736B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2015-10-13 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Inhibition of phosphorylation of PRAS40, GSK3-beta or P70S6K1 as a marker for TOR kinase inhibitory activity
WO2014114928A1 (en) 2013-01-23 2014-07-31 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US9937169B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2018-04-10 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using dihydropyrazino-pyrazine compound combination therapy
US9630966B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2017-04-25 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines
US9505764B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-11-29 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines
US10183019B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2019-01-22 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines
US9358232B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-06-07 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using TOR kinase inhibitor combination therapy
US10391092B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2019-08-27 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using dihydropyrazino-pyrazine compound combination therapy
US9359364B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-06-07 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical formulations, processes, solid forms and methods of use relating to 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b] pyrazin-2(1H)-one
US9827243B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2017-11-28 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical formulations, processes, solid forms and methods of use relating to 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one
US9980963B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2018-05-29 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines
US9474757B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2016-10-25 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using TOR kinase inhibitor combination therapy
US10052322B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2018-08-21 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical formulations, processes, solid forms and methods of use relating to 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one
US9782427B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2017-10-10 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using TOR kinase inhibitor combination therapy
EP3360875A1 (en) 2013-05-28 2018-08-15 Astrazeneca AB Chemical compounds
US9795603B2 (en) 2013-05-29 2017-10-24 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical compositions of 7-(6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-1-((trans)-4-methoxycyclohexyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino [2,3-B]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, a solid form thereof and methods of their use
US9604939B2 (en) 2013-05-29 2017-03-28 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical compositions of 7-(6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-YL)pyridin-3-YL)-1-((trans)-4-methoxycyclohexyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino [2,3-B]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, a solid form thereof and methods of their use
US10052323B2 (en) 2013-05-29 2018-08-21 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical compositions of 7-(6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-1-(trans)-4-methoxycyclohexyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino [2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, a solid form thereof and methods of their use
US9974786B2 (en) 2013-05-29 2018-05-22 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical compositions of 7-(6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-1-((trans)-4-methoxycyclohexyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3- B]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, a solid form there of and methods of their use
US9416134B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2016-08-16 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Solid forms of 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, as TOR kinase inhibitors
US9512129B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2016-12-06 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Solid forms comprising 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one and a coformer
US9975898B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2018-05-22 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Solid forms of 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-YL)-3,4-dihydropyrazino [2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one as tor kinase inhibitors
US9981971B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2018-05-29 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Solid forms of 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one as TOR kinase inhibitors
JP2018062517A (en) * 2014-08-04 2018-04-19 バイエル・ファルマ・アクティエンゲゼルシャフト 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-1,7-naphthyridines
US11529356B2 (en) 2014-08-04 2022-12-20 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-1,7-naphthyridines
US10772893B2 (en) 2014-08-04 2020-09-15 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-1,7-naphthyridines
AU2019204125B2 (en) * 2014-08-04 2020-06-25 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2-(Morpholin-4-yl)-1,7-naphthyridines
JP2017523987A (en) * 2014-08-04 2017-08-24 バイエル・ファルマ・アクティエンゲゼルシャフト 2- (Morpholin-4-yl) -1,7-naphthyridine
AU2015299173B2 (en) * 2014-08-04 2019-03-14 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2-(morpholin-4-yl)-l,7-naphthyridines
CN107709319B (en) * 2015-03-25 2020-11-06 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Synthesis process of substituted pyridopyrimidine compounds
US10316033B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2019-06-11 Shanghai Institute Of Materia Medica, Chinese Academy Of Sciences Process of synthesizing substituted pyridine and pyrimidine compound
CN106008559A (en) * 2015-03-25 2016-10-12 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Synthesis process of substituted pyridopyrimidine compound
EP3275882A4 (en) * 2015-03-25 2018-08-22 Shanghai Institute of Materia Medica, Chinese Academy of Sciences Process of synthesizing substituted pyridine and pyrimidine compound
CN107709319A (en) * 2015-03-25 2018-02-16 中国科学院上海药物研究所 The synthesis technique of substituted pyridines miazines compound
WO2017046394A1 (en) 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Astrazeneca Ab Novel biomarkers and methods of treating cancer
WO2017182495A1 (en) 2016-04-20 2017-10-26 Astrazeneca Ab Indazole derivatives that down-regulate the estrogen receptor and possess anti-cancer activity
WO2017182493A1 (en) 2016-04-20 2017-10-26 Astrazeneca Ab Indazole derivatives for use in down-regulation of the estrogen receptor for the treatment of cancer
WO2018019793A1 (en) 2016-07-25 2018-02-01 Astrazeneca Ab N-(2-(4-((1r,3r)-3-methyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1h-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-1-yl)phenoxy)ethyl)propan-1-amine derivatives and related compounds as selective down-regulators of the estrogen receptor for treating cancer
US11096940B2 (en) 2017-06-22 2021-08-24 Celgene Corporation Treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma characterized by hepatitis B virus infection
RU2771201C2 (en) * 2017-11-06 2022-04-28 Медшайн Дискавери Инк. PYRIDOPYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS ACTING AS DOUBLE INHIBITORS OF mTORC 1/2
US11377444B2 (en) 2017-11-06 2022-07-05 Medshine Discovery Inc. Pyridopyrimidine compounds acting as mTORC 1/2 dual inhibitors
WO2019170543A1 (en) 2018-03-07 2019-09-12 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Identification and use of erk5 inhibitors
CN111971283A (en) * 2018-03-26 2020-11-20 肿瘤研究所基金会 Novel compounds with enhanced antitumor effect
WO2019185117A1 (en) * 2018-03-26 2019-10-03 Fondazione Per L'istituto Oncologico Di Ricerca (Ior) New compounds with enhanced anti-tumor effects
US11471459B2 (en) 2018-03-26 2022-10-18 Fondazione Per L'istituto Oncologico Di Ricerca (Ior) Compounds with enhanced anti-tumor effects
CN111971283B (en) * 2018-03-26 2023-04-14 肿瘤研究所基金会 Novel compounds with enhanced antitumor effect
WO2021133509A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 Angex Pharmaceutical, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds as mtor inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2659851A1 (en) 2008-02-28
RU2445312C2 (en) 2012-03-20
HUE033894T2 (en) 2018-01-29
US20140135315A1 (en) 2014-05-15
IL196775A (en) 2017-05-29
SI2057156T1 (en) 2017-06-30
JP5629343B2 (en) 2014-11-19
NO342383B1 (en) 2018-05-14
NO20090443L (en) 2009-03-27
PL2057156T3 (en) 2017-08-31
MY148688A (en) 2013-05-31
US9102670B2 (en) 2015-08-11
EP2057156B1 (en) 2017-02-01
CO6150164A2 (en) 2010-04-20
US20080081809A1 (en) 2008-04-03
US20160067258A1 (en) 2016-03-10
US20170281637A1 (en) 2017-10-05
RS55881B1 (en) 2017-08-31
ES2648388T3 (en) 2018-01-02
RU2009110261A (en) 2010-09-27
NZ575672A (en) 2011-10-28
US20110124638A1 (en) 2011-05-26
TWI406863B (en) 2013-09-01
KR101438245B1 (en) 2014-09-04
JP2010501535A (en) 2010-01-21
MX2009001946A (en) 2009-03-05
BRPI0715888A8 (en) 2018-04-17
US20120142673A1 (en) 2012-06-07
EP2057156A1 (en) 2009-05-13
JP5227321B2 (en) 2013-07-03
CY1119381T1 (en) 2018-02-14
JP2013107915A (en) 2013-06-06
KR20090042855A (en) 2009-04-30
AR062503A1 (en) 2008-11-12
DK2057156T3 (en) 2017-05-08
US8101602B2 (en) 2012-01-24
US10034884B2 (en) 2018-07-31
PT2057156T (en) 2017-05-04
US7902189B2 (en) 2011-03-08
CA2659851C (en) 2014-02-25
HRP20170627T1 (en) 2017-06-30
SA07280461B1 (en) 2012-04-07
US9717736B2 (en) 2017-08-01
IL196775A0 (en) 2009-11-18
BRPI0715888A2 (en) 2013-09-17
LT2057156T (en) 2017-05-25
BRPI0715888B1 (en) 2021-11-03
US8435985B2 (en) 2013-05-07
CL2007002448A1 (en) 2008-05-16
TW200817395A (en) 2008-04-16
AU2007287430B2 (en) 2011-07-21
AU2007287430A1 (en) 2008-02-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2007287430B2 (en) 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mTOR inhibitors
AU2006318948B2 (en) Pyrido-,pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mTOR inhibitors
CN101558067B (en) 2-methylmorpholine pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mtor inhibitors
NZ567787A (en) Pyrido-, pyrazo- and pyrimido-pyrimidine derivatives as mTOR inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780038974.7

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07789277

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2659851

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007287430

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 398/MUMNP/2009

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: MX/A/2009/001946

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009525105

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 12009500354

Country of ref document: PH

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2007789277

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007789277

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2007287430

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20070821

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020097005572

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 575672

Country of ref document: NZ

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009110261

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: a200902219

Country of ref document: UA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0715888

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20090220

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: P-2017/0417

Country of ref document: RS